Flamenco Technical Manual - Tunstall GmbH

Technical 

Manual 

All the reassurance you need 

Nursecall: by Tunstall

The manual was prepared with due care, and all details were checked for their 

correctness. However, we cannot assume any responsibility form possible 

discrepancies or incomplete information. 

All rights to this documentation are reserved, in particular copyright and distribution 

rights. No part of this documentation may be reproduced in any form or processed, 

copied or distributed using electronic systems without the prior written consent by 

Tunstall GmbH. 

We reserve the right for implementing technical changes. 

Tunstall GmbH

Table of Contents 

1. Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 

About this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 

Organisational measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 

Symbols used in this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 

Use as designed and directed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 

General safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 

Technical standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 

2. Necessary previous knowledge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 

System overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 

System arrangement and layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 

Voice communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 

Wards and groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 

Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 

System limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 

Configuration / SystemOrganizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 

3. Room types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 

Patient / resident room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 

Function room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 

Ward bathroom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 

Nurse station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 

Corridor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 

4. Installation examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 

5. Installation work sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 

6. Defining the mounting positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 

7. Installing the back boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 

8. Laying the cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 

Cable legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 

Electric power supply cables (Ip) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 

Current demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 

Group bus OSYnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 

Room bus RAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 

9. Activating the power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 

Installing the power supply unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 

Check the current supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

51 

Flamenco - Technical Manual, 11/09 (Rev. 4.0), 00 8812 60 

1

2 

10. Configure the OSY-ControlCenter . . . . . . . . . . 53 

11. Voltage surge protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 

SPD modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 

12. Functional checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 

Checking the room installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 

Checking the ward functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 

Checking the consoles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 

Checking functions between wards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 

13. Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 

14. Product leaflets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

71 

Flamenco - Technical Manual, 11/09 (Rev. 4.0), 00 8812 60


1. Safety 

You are strongly advised to carefully study this chapter before starting to 

work at the nurse call system. 

1..1 About this chapter 

The Flamenco products have been designed and produced according to 

the latest state-of-the-art. Nevertheless, potentially dangerous situations 

may occur during installation, modification or de-installation of the sys‐ 

tem or of its components if the executing persons on-site act in a non-pro‐ 

fessional manner, or if pertinent safety instructions are ignored. Noncompliance 

with general and special safety instructions may jeopardise 

the life and well-being of installation personnel or third persons, and such 

misbehaviour may lead to damage to system components and other 

equipment. 

Information in this chapter is of general nature. Special and more detailed 

safety instructions are presented in the various chapters when safetyhazardous 

work details or processes are described. 

1..2 Organisational measures 

Electrical systems shall be installed, modified, serviced and maintained 

by authorised specialists of the trade only. Among others, these are per‐ 

sonnel from the local electric power companies and electricians who are 

listed on their roster. The registered electrician shall contact the power 

company to formally request the commissioning of any new electric in‐ 

stallation. As such, electric installation personnel shall be responsible for 

the safety and correct function of the relevant electric systems. 

Commercial users of electric installations shall arrange for regular servic‐ 

ing and maintenance of the respective electric equipment. Users and op‐ 

erators shall observe the legal aspects as final responsibility rests with 

themselves. Any work at the electric system and installation must be ex‐ 

ecuted by trained and authorised specialists of the trade. 

The technical manual addresses the specialists of the electric trade. 

Before starting any installation work, carefully study this manual - with 

particular attention to the chapter on “Safety”. Later on, i.e. while working 

at the system, it will be too late! 

Keep this manual and any further documents which you may need readily 

available during the installation work and whenever effecting any service 

or maintenance work at the system. 

3

1. Safety 

4 

Comply with all generally applicable laws as well as special rules and di‐ 

rectives for accident prevention and environmental protection. 

All parts and any equipment used for the installation shall comply with the 

technical demands and criteria set forth by Tunstall GmbH. This is always 

ensured when using original parts. 

1..3 Symbols used in this manual 

When studying this manual, you will come across a number of symbols 

which direct your attention to specific issues: 

WARNING ! This symbol refers to actions which may incur personal in‐ 

juries (Danger to life or well-being). 

WARNING ! This symbols refers to actions which could endanger per‐ 

sons through high voltage or electric current. 

Components sensitive to electrostatics! This symbol indicates com‐ 

ponents which are sensitive to electrostatics. Avoid any contact with 

these components as this may induce damage to such component. 

CAUTION! This symbol refers to actions which may incur damage to 

the system or components due to high voltage or electric current. 

NOTE! Here you will find supplementary and otherwise useful informa‐ 

tion. 

In the text passages you will come across symbols which always have 

the same meaning: 

A square before the text means: 

“This is part of a listing” 

An filled-in circle in front of a text means: 

“This must be done.” 

An open circle in front of a text means: 

“This is the result of an action.” 

1..4 Use as designed and directed 

All Flamenco products are designed for use in the nurse call system, and 

here again, only in the manner as described in this technical manual. Any 

other application of use shall be considered as not authorised, and 

Tunstall GmbH will not accept any liability for damage resulting from any 

non-compliance with this rule. 


1..5 General safety rules 


1. Safety 

Closely observe all safety instructions from this manual, pertinent 

national rules and directives for accident prevention as well as the 

owner's / user's internal rules and procedures for safety at work and 

while handling or operating the system. 

Avoid any safety-hazardous work methods. 

Before starting to work, personnel shall make themselves familiar 

with the working environment which includes a survey of obstacles in 

the working and operating area. 

Use only original fuses with the correct rating for the specific applica‐ 

tion. 

Work should be executed in an electrically safe status, i.e. no residual 

voltage. 

If work details must be executed at installed components they must 

be free from residual voltage. Before working at such parts, use appli‐ 

cable instruments to check the electric status. 

If work must be executed at electrically live components, a second 

person should act as a safety attendant who in case of an emergency 

can turn the main switch off. 

In case of any fault or malfunction, shut off the electrical power. Do 

not continue to work until the fault has been corrected. 

Protect all system components from direct wetness. 

The various components of the Flamenco system are fitted with el‐ 

ements sensitive to electrostatics. Any discharge of electrostatic en‐ 

ergy may damage such parts. Therefore, avoid any direct contact with 

these electrostatically sensitive components. 

For further information regarding the installation and functional check 

refer to DIN VDE 0834. 

1..6 Technical standards 

Close observe the following standards which are applicable to nurse call 

systems: 

DIN VDE 0834: Nurse call technology; Installation and operation in 

hospitals, care homes and prisons 

ISO 11197:2004: Special requirements for the safety of medical sup‐ 

ply units 

EN 60601-1: Electric medical equipment, Part 1: General safety rules 

EN 60601-1-1: Medical electric equipment, Part 1: General rules for 

the safety of electric medical systems 

EN 50081-1: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Basic standard for 

interference radiation 

5

1. Safety 

6 

EN 50082-1: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Basic standard for 

resistance to interference 

DIN VDE 0100: Rules for the installation of high-voltage systems with 

nominal voltage up to 1000 V 

DIN VDE 0107: High-voltage installations in hospitals and other medi‐ 

cal rooms outside of hospitals 

EN60950: Safety of installations for information technology 

Also observe additional national rules for installations. 


2. Necessary previous knowledge 

2..1 System overview 

Ward 4 Ward 5 

Ward 2 

Ward 1 

Fig. 1: System overview 


Ward 3 

OSY‐ControlCenter 

PS/DECT 

Telephony 

(DECT,VoIP,GSM) 

HIS 

... 

Control centre 

7


2..2 System arrangement and layout 

8 

PS 

DECT 

HIS 

... 

Group 4 

Group 3 

The nurse call system uses a bus system which comprises a group bus 

OSYnet and a room bus RAN. The group bus OSYnet links the individual 

rooms and potential interfaces in the ward. The room bus RAN links the 

equipment and devices in the rooms themselves. 

System control is realised in the OSY-ControlCenter which monitors the 

data flow as well as all voice communication. 

If the OSY-ControlCenter should fail or break down, decentralised 

OSYnet-SafetyControllers can takeover the control of the basic nurse 

call functions. These controllers are fitted to ward's OSYnet group bus. 

Decentralised power supply units provide the electric power for the sys‐ 

tem. Number of units and their location depend on the specific demand 

for electric power. Power for the OSY-ControlCenter is also provided via 

an external power supply unit. 

OSYnet 

RAN RAN 

Room 1 Room 2 

OSYnet 

RAN RAN 

OSY-ControlCenter Room 1 Room 2 

Fig. 2: System arrangement 

Group 2 

Group 1 


2..3 Voice communication 



Voice communication and data transmission are physically and logically 

separated. Two speech paths are standard for each group. When de‐ 

signed in segments, each group will feature more than two speech paths, 

however, this arrangement requires special planning and installation. 

The system's speech cable links the system-inherent voice terminals: 

ComTerminal, patient handset, ComStation PC , ComStation CT , Manage‐ 

mentCenter PC , ManagementCenter PC Push buttons as well as the an‐ 

nouncement loudspeakers as separate units or integrated into the corri‐ 

dor displays. 

2..3.1 Non-system speech paths 

Aside from the voice communication within the call system itself, voice 

communication may also be realised using other devices: 

ComStation TEL , patient telephone, cordless phone (DECT or GSM mo‐ 

bile) etc. Interfaces to the PBX are provided in the OSY-ControlCenter. 

These devices can be used as virtually fully equivalent with the system's 

voice communication devices. Their use may be exclusively or mixed 

with the other units. However, planning and realisation of such solutions 

require detailed know-how of the technology involved, the operational im‐ 

plementation and subsequent functions and organisational procedures. 

For the installation refer to and observe the specific manufacturer's docu‐ 

ments. 

DECT 

PBX 

OSY-ControlCenter 

Cordless phone 

Patient handset 

9


2..4 Wards and groups 

10 

Ward 5 

Ward 3 

Ward 6 

Ward 4 

Ward 1 Ward 2 

Group 3 

Group 2 

Group 1 

Organisation of the hospital Flamenco technology 

Wards are the organisational entities in hospitals. Therefore, a ward is an 

entity also for the nurse call operation in Flamenco nurse call systems. 

However, the physical structure of Flamenco call systems is almost inde‐ 

pendent of this organisation. 

In the development of the Flamenco technology, the organisational struc‐ 

ture of the wards was decoupled from the technical structure. Rather than 

the ward, the 'physical' group is an entity- technically speaking, that is. 

Each group is linked to a group bus OSYnet and is controlled from a con‐ 

trol unit (acting as a building block of the central OSY-ControlCenter). 

One group may comprise several wards. And what is more, wards may 

be 'distributed' onto several groups. 

This group-oriented arrangement allows for a substantial reduction of the 

necessary control units. The number of these control units and groups, 

respectively, is not determined by the number of wards but rather by the 

building structure and by the desired fail-safe rating. A project engineer 

from Tunstall GmbH will calculate the optimum control arrangement for 

every hospital. 

This independence from the physical structure is a considerable advan‐ 

tage as there is no need to always keep in mind the eventual organisa‐ 

tional structure when planning for wiring and equipment for the installa‐ 

tion. The system can be amended at any later date to meet new 

organisational structure, and this can be realised without dealing with the 

physical structure. 

Ward = Organisational entity 

Group = Physical entity 


2..5 Wiring 



Data cables, e.g. CAT.5 or commercially available communication cables 

IY(ST)Y... can be used for group bus OSYnet. 

Power supply for all components is realised with a separate net (ring sys‐ 

tem), also with commercially available cables, e.g. NYM 2x2.5 mm 2 . On 

average, one power supply unit is required for every 25 rooms. 

The room bus RAN is also realised with commercially available communi‐ 

cation cables IY(ST)Y... 

Maximum cable length for the group bus OSYnet is 700 m. In exceptional 

circumstances, it may be extended for another 700 m. In this case, an 

OSYnet-Gateway (order no. 77 4001 00) is required. 

2..6 System limits 

A physical group may comprise up to 110 bus users, as there are: 

ComTerminal *) 

ComStationCT , desktop unit *) 

Corridor display Alpha 16 

Corridor display Alpha 16, double-sided 

ComStationPC OSYlink-Door entry speaker 

OSYlink-Group lamp 

OSYlink-Universal 

OSYlink-Announcement 

OSYnet-SafetyController 

*) Quantity of ComTerminals + quantity of ComStationCT , desktop units 

= maximum 63 per physical group 

11


2..7 Configuration / SystemOrganizer 

12 

A special software, the SystemOrganizer (order no. 77 0750 00) is used 

to centrally configure the complete nurse call system. 

The SystemOrganizer is applied for the whole system administration, 

from inital order processing via general definition and planning for the 

nurse call system to later customer service work on location or via 

partner. The comprehensive software also permits remote access to the 

system with the possibility for configuration, servicing and fault analysis. 

Users are allocated to several user groups, and specific access rights 

can be defined for each group. 

Fig. 3: SystemOrganizer (order no. 77 0750 00) 



3. Room types 

The following pages present various types of rooms showing examples 

of the system and equipment installed. 

13

3. Room types 

3..1 Patient / resident room 

OSYnet + Ip OSYnet + Ip 

14 

74 0510 00 

+ 77 0805 00 

+ 70 0491 00 

In 

In 

77 0170 00 

Is 

70 0113 00 

74 0747 00 

In 

74 0747 00 

70 0111 01 

In 

70 0115 01 

70 0424 00 

Entertainment 

70 0434 00 


Is

For each room 

For each bed 

In WC room 


3. Room types 

ComTerminal 74 0510 00 

OSYlink‐ComTerminal 77 0805 00 

Connection socket ComTerminal 70 0491 00 

Room lamp for display of all types of calls and presence 

states: e.g. Room lamp, 3 sections 

optional with additional individual indication for WC call / 

WC emergency call: e.g. Room lamp, 4 sections 

Connection socket combi or 

Connection socket combi, bedhead unit or 

Connection socket with call switch (not for Patient 

handset; for pear push switches only) 


Alternative without speech: 

Pear push switch incl. call and light switch, 2 m cable 

Where additional indication for WC call / WC emergency 

call is desired, e.g. as directional indicator in front of the 

WC: 

Room lamp code blue/cardiac alarm, WC 

77 0170 00 

77 0170 10 

70 0424 00 

70 0434 00 

70 0171 03 

74 0747 00 

70 0710 00 

77 0170 01 

Cancel switch for WC call / WC emergency call 

e.g. Cancel switch/WC wp 70 0113 00 

There is a selection of call devices for use at or near 

wash basin, WC, shower , bath tub: 

Call switch/WC wp 

Pull cord call switch/WC wp 

Pneumatic call switch/WC 

In the seating area (optional) 

70 0111 01 

70 0115 01 

70 0106 01 

Call switch, e.g. Call switch wp 70 0111 00 

Necessary accessories: Refer to table on page 39. 

Cable legend: Refer to page 41. 

15

3. Room types 

3..1.1 Patient room: Light switching 


16 

Useable relays 

Room light 

Reading light 

Latching relay (electronic): 

ELTAKO, ES60-TX60-24VDC 

ELTAKO, ES75-100-12..24 VDC 

SCHIELE entrelec TX60-24V 

BIAIG electronics TX60-24V 

Latching relay (mechanical): 

ELTAKO, 1S9-24 VDC 

ELTAKO, S91-100-24 VDC 

70 0424 00 

In 

RAN 

Pulse duration 150 ms 

24 V DC 

Switching relay (mechanical): 

ELTAKO, R12-100-24 VDC (for top-hat rail) 

ELTAKO, R91-100-24 VDC (surface mounting / back box) 

FINDER, 49.61-7024.4050 

Connection socket combi (70 0424 00): Room light and reading light 

Connection socket combi bedhead unit (70 0734 00): Room light and re‐ 

ading light 

Connection socket with call switch (70 0171 03): Room light or reading 

light 


3..1.2 Patient room: TV connection 


Entertainment 

Ie 

70 0860 00 

Entertainment 

70 0424 00 

RAN 


In 

Ie 

Ia 

Data 

Tone 

74 0747 00 

Ie 

00 0280 40 

or 00 0280 39 

70 0360 02 

74 7001 00 (LCD TV) 

+ 74 7001 01 (Wall holder) 

3. Room types 

Connection socket combi (70 0424 00) and connection socket combi 

bedhead unit (70 0434 00) permit TV control in combination with patient 

handset (74 0747 00) and RAN interface TV (70 0860 00). 

Interface and functions depend on the control system used. 

17

3. Room types 

3..1.3 Patient room: Shower and WC, separate 


18 

74 0510 00 

+ 77 0805 00 

+ 70 0491 00 

Is 

In 

7 

In 

70 0112 00 

In 

77 0170 01 

In In 

6 

77 0170 01 

77 0170 00 

0 

0 

70 0113 00 

70 0113 00 

74 0747 00 

0 = Channel number 0 

7 

In 

6 

74 0747 00 

In 

70 0111 01 

70 0115 01 

7 

6 6 

70 0115 01 

70 0424 00 

70 0434 00 

Separate call cancelling per cubicle. Common room lamp (77 0170 00) 

in the corridor and separate room lamps (77 0170 01) in the room (chan‐ 

nel coding) with extra indication for each cubicle. Max. 7 channels per 

ComTerminal. 

Channel numbers 1 - 5 can be used for bed numbers 1 - 5. 


Is

3..2 Function room 

For each room 



74 0510 00 

+ 77 0805 00 

+ 70 0491 00 

In 

77 0170 00 

3. Room types 





states: e.g. Room lamp, 3 sections 77 0170 00 



19

3. Room types 

3..3 Ward bathroom 

20 

70 0115 00 

70 0111 00 

In 


In 

For each room 

In 

74 0510 00 

+ 77 0805 00 

+ 70 0491 00 

In 

77 0170 00 

70 0106 00 

In 

70 0111 00 






Each location bathroom / WC 

Pull cord call switch wp, suitable for shower, WC 

Call switch wp, suitable for wash basin 

Pneumatic call switch, suitable for bathtub 



70 0115 00 

70 0111 00 

70 0106 00 


3..4 Nurse station 

3..4.1 Ward console ComStation CT , desktop unit 

77 0601 00A 

For each room 



In 

74 0452 30 

77 0170 00 

3. Room types 

ComStation CT , desktop unit 77 0601 00A 

Connection socket ComStation 74 0452 30 

Room lamp for display of all types of calls and pres‐ 

ence states: e.g. Room lamp, 3 sections 77 0170 00 



21

3. Room types 

3..4.2 Ward console ComStation CT with telephone call 

22 

77 0601 00A 

74 0452 30 


In 

In 

70 0842 00 

Ia 

ÏÏ ÏÏ 

ÏÏ ÏÏ 

77 0170 00 

11 5300 00 

Telephone calls at analogue telephones in the nurse station with 

ComStation CT , desktop unit (77 0601 00A) can be signalled as telephone 

calls in the nurse call system. Required equipment: RAN interface tele‐ 

phone call (70 0842 00) and the telephone interface relay (11 5300 00). 


3..4.3 Ward console ComStation PC 

77 0602 00 

+ 77 0790 00 

+ 77 0790 01 

or 77 0790 02 

For each room 



In 

77 0180 10 

74 0452 60A 

3. Room types 

ComStation PC 77 0602 00 

Connection socket ComStation PC 74 0452 60A 

Room lamp, 3 sections 77 0180 10 

PrimusGlobal + System set-up & configuration 77 0790 00 

PrimusGlobal + Project data for up to 36 rooms 

standard 

or layout 

77 0790 01 

77 0790 02 

23

3. Room types 

3..4.4 Ward console ComStation TEL 

24 

Network by customer/others 

Ethernet 10/100 MBit 

230 V 

For each room 


77 0603 00 

In 

74 0510 00 

+ 77 0805 00 

+ 70 0491 00 

77 0170 00 

ComStation TEL 77 0603 00 

For each room (if compliance with DIN VDE 0834 is required) 









3..5 Corridor 

Corridor display: 



77 01X0 00 

Group lamps, Direction lamps: 


77 0802 00 

77 0111 02 

Door entry speaker: 

77 011X 02 


77 0801 00 

max. 10 m 

77 0350 00 

Loudspeaker with announcement interface: 


77 0804 00 

max. 50 m 

05 0024 00 

3. Room types 

The corridor display Alpha 16, one-sided 

(77 0150 00) or Alpha 16, double-sided 

(77 0160 00) is directly connected to the 

group bus OSYnet. 

Each OSYlink‐group lamp interface 

(77 0802 00) will support: 

Devices or technical systems from other makes: 


77 0803 00 

4 direction lamps (77 0111 02) 

or 

group lamps (77 011X 02) for 4 wards. 

Each OSYlink‐door entry speaker interface 

(77 0801 00) will support one door entry 

speaker (77 0350 00) . 

Each OSYlink‐announcement interface 

(77 0804 00) will support up to 5 loud‐ 

speakers (05 0024 00) . 

Equipment from other makes can be con‐ 

nected using OSYlink‐Universal 

(77 0803 00) 

1 monitored input per call category: call, emergency call, 

code blue/cardiac alarm. 1 solid state output per call 

category: call, emergency call, code blue/cardiac alarm. 

1 monitored input, configurable. 1 solid state output, 

configurable. 1 input, configurable. 1 solid state output, 

configurable, with location light function (function-related 

to digital input). 3 inputs, configurable. 1 solid state out‐ 

put, configurable. 2 relay outputs, configurable (changeover 

contact, voltage source internal or external selecta‐ 

ble by jumper) 

25

3. Room types 

26 


4. Installation examples 


27


230 V AC 

Flamenco ® Installation example 1 

28 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

77 3400 00 

or 

77 3401 00 

24 V 

77 2100 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

Ip 

77 0801 00 

OSYnet 

77 0802 00 

77 0111 02 

77 0112 02 

77 0350 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0452 30 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

120 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

+ 

00 0040 76 

OSYnet group 1 

ComStation CT 

230 V~ 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

77 3400 00 

oder 

77 3401 00 

24 V 

230 V AC 

230 V AC for network switch 

ManagementCenter 

77 2100 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

77 3400 00 

or 

77 3401 00 

Ip 

230 V AC 

77 0803 00 

77 0802 00 

OSYnet 

77 0112 02 

24 V 

Group 1 

Group 2 

Group 3 


74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0452 30 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

120 

OSYnet group 2 


70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

ComStation CT 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

+ 

00 0040 76 

Order No.: Product name: 

00 0040 76 120 Ohm resistor (Bus termination) 

70 0491 00 Connection socket ComTerminal 

74 0452 30 Connection socket ComStation 

74 0510 00 ComTerminal 

77 0111 02 Direction lamp 

77 0112 02 Group lamp, 2 groups 

77 0350 00 Door entry speaker 

77 0801 00 OSYlink−Door entry speaker 

77 0802 00 OSYlink−Group lamp 

77 0803 00 OSYlink−Universal 

77 0805 00 OSYlink-ComTerminal 

77 2100 00 OSYnet−SafetyController 

77 3400 00 Power supply unit UPS 

77 3401 00 Power supply unit

230 V~ 


70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

77 3400 00 

or 

77 3401 00 

24 V 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

Ip 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 


OSYnet 

77 0150 00 or 77 0160 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

74 0452 60A 

120 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

+ 

00 0040 76 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

230 V 

ComStation PC 

Ip 

77 0150 00 or 77 0160 00 

OSYnet 

230 V~ 

77 4000 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

77 3400 00 

oder 

77 3401 00 

77 2100 00 

74 0452 60A 

24 V 

24 V 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

77 3400 00 

or 

77 3401 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

230 V 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

230 V~ 

ComStation PC 

Ip 

230 V AC for net− 

work switch 

OSYnet 

230 V AC 

77 0150 00 or 77 0160 00 


24 V 

77 3400 00 

or 

77 3401 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0452 60A 

120 


70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

230 V 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

ComStation PC 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

+ 

00 0040 76 

OSYnet 

Group 1 

Group 2 

Group 3 





77 0150 00 Corridor display Alpha 16 

77 0160 00 Corridor display Alpha 16, double−sided 




77 3401 00 Power supply unit 

77 4000 00 OSYnet−Y−RepeaterOpto 

29



30 

230 V~ 

230 V~ 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

77 3400 00 

oder 

77 3401 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

24 V 

77 3400 00 

o 

77 3401 00 

24 V 

77 2100 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

Ip 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

Ip 

OSYnet 

OSYnet 

77 4001 00 

77 0804 00 

77 0150 00 or 77 0160 00 

OSYnet 

05 0024 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

LAN by 

customer 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

LAN by 

customer 

74 0510 00 

74 0510 00 

230 V 

230 V 

120 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

ComStation TEL 


70 0491 00 

+ 

77 0805 00 

+ 

00 0040 76 

230 V AC für Netzwerk-Switch 

LAN by customer 

(connection to 

network switch) 



05 0024 00 Loudspeaker with announcement interface 




77 0160 00 Corridor display Alpha 16, double−sided 

77 0804 00 OSYlink announcement 





77 4001 00 OSYnet-Gateway 

230 V AC 

77 3400 00 

or 

77 3401 00 

24 V 



Group 1 

Group 2 

Group 3 

OSYnet

5. Installation work sequence 

Work step Description 

1. Defining the mounting positions Page 33 and the following 

2. Installation of back boxes Page 39 and the following 

3. Cable laying Page 41 and the following 

4. Mounting and connecting of devices Product leaflet, Page 71 and the fol‐ 

lowing 

5. Switching on and checking of power supply units Page 51 and the following 

6. Configuring of ComTerminals Product leaflet for ComTerminal (Order 

No. 74 0510 00) and in chapter “Prod‐ 

uct leaflets”, Page 71 and the following 

7. Configuring of OSY-ControlCenter 

(SystemOrganizer) 


Page 53 and the following 

8. Connecting the OSY-ControlCenter Product leaflet for OSY‐ControlCenter 

and in chapter “Product leaflets”, Page 

71 and the following 

9. Commissioning of OSY-ControlCenter Product leaflet for OSY‐ControlCenter 

and in and in chapter “Product leaflets”, 


10. Connecting and commissioning of Management‐ 

Center 

Product leaflet for MangementCenter 

and in and in chapter “Product leaflets”, 


11. System: Functional checks Page 59 and the following 

31

5. Installation work sequence 

32 


6. Defining the mounting positions 

6..1 General requirements 

All devices for the nurse call 

system 


- Considering the different users, the process of raising a call 

must be simple and unambiguous, and a mix-up with other sys‐ 

tem elements must be virtually impossible. 

- Damage or destruction from external effects which may occur 

during normal use (e.g. when moving beds) must be virtually 

impossible. 

Devices with displays - Unobstructed view must be ensured (ComTerminal, ComSta‐ 

tionCT ) 

Call switches, Call devices - Easy access and reach must be ensured. 

Presence switches - Near the door. 

Optical signalling devices - Visual recognition must not be obscured by other stray light. 

Signal lamps, Corridor displays - Called or paged persons shall be directed via the shortest dis‐ 

tance to the call location. 

Room lamps - Shall be easily allocated to the respective rooms. 

In WCs and wet rooms - Comply with specifications acc. to DIN VDE 0100! 

Power supply units, OSYlinks, 

OSYnet-SafetyController, 

OSYnet‐Y‐RepeaterOpto, 

OSYnet‐Gateway 

Distributor cabinets for both 

nurse call system and mains 

power supply 

6..1.1 Mounting heights 

- Use in dry rooms only; if possible within distribution cabinets 

(not inside of patient or resident rooms). 

- Easy access at any time (access door at least 60 mm wide). 

- Heat transfer must not be blocked off. 

- When installed in switch cabinets, forced-air cooling may be 

required. 

- Considering the effective voltage drop, the power supply unit 

should be located close to the biggest users. 

- Fire hazard! Danger of fire in case of short-circuit. Therefore, 

ensure sufficient ventilation in distribution cabinets. 

- After removing the outer cover, the high-voltage part must still 

be protected. 

- Clamps for the nurse call system and those for the high-voltage 

installations must be clearly separated and designated as 

such, e.g. by way of design, shape, colour. Inscriptions alone 

are not sufficient to preclude misuse. 

Prescribed mounting height acc. to DIN VDE 0834: 

Mounting height above floor level: 

Device with control elements (with and without indicat‐ 

ing lamps) 

700 - 1500 mm 

Device with control elements with text display 1500 - 1700 mm 

Device in installation units 1600 - 1800 mm 

Signal lamps and large letter display 1500 - 2200 mm 

Distribution boxes 700 - 2200 mm 

33


6..1.2 Room terminals 

34 

150 

150 

170 

1600 

ComTerminal 

Order No.: 74 0510 00 

Location in the room: 

The ComTerminal has to be installed in an acoustically 

convenient location, so that from all locations in the room a 

good speech connection over the ComTerminal is possible. 

Note: If the ComTerminal is not installed in the entrance 

area, a separate staff presence switch (70 0112 00) has to 

be installed near the door. 

2‐gang back box required . 

Note: 

At 2-gang back boxes at least 150 mm space (from the 

centre) must be provided for the ComTerminal. 


6..1.3 Room lamps 

55 

110 

95 

150 

150 


Room lamp 


Order No.: 77 0170 00, 77 0170 01, 77 0170 10, 77 0180 00 

1-gang back box required for each room lamp. 

Room lamp with doorplate 

Order No.: 77 0171 00, 77 0171 10, 77 0181 00 

1-gang back box required for each room lamp with doorplate. 

35


6..1.4 Switches 

ÀÀ ÀÀ 

ÀÀ 

Back box 

36 

ÀÀ 

Switch 

300 

300 

300 

150 

2250 

k 

2250 

5 mm 

91 

1300 

Switches near the door 

1-gang back box required for each switch. 

91 mm raster spacing is mandatory! 

Pull cord call switch in bathroom/WC 

(ceiling mounted) 

Order No.: 70 0115 00, 70 0115 01 

1-gang back box required. 

Pull cord call switch in bathroom/WC 

(wall mounted) 

Order No.: 70 0115 00, 70 0115 01 


Pull cord call switches in shower stalls must be mounted at 

least 200 mm above the shower head. 

Pneumatic call switch 

Order No.: 70 0106 00, 70 0106 01 


Back box for solid wall: 17 0100 00 

Back box for partition wall: 17 5100 00 

Note: The switch will be offset, i.e. the switch centre will be 

ca. 5 mm below the back box centre. In other words, install 

the back box 5 mm above the desired switch position. 


6..1.5 Connection sockets 

Bed1 Bed 2 

100 100 

Medical supply unit 

Bed 1 Bed 2 

Connection sockets 

Bed 1 Bed 2 

100 

Bed 1 Bed 2 

100 100 


Connection socket combi 

(wall mounting) 

Order No.: 70 0424 00 

2‐gang back box required. 

100 mm minimum spacing above floor level. 


Connection socket combi, bedhead unit 

(mounting in medical supply unit) 

Order No.: 70 0434 00 

Common practice is that the connection sockets are installed 

by the supplier of the medical supply units. 

Connection socket with call switch 

(1 connection socket for 2 beds) 

Order No.: 70 0171 03 

Minimum arrangement for mounting between 2 beds for con‐ 

nection of 2 pear push switches. 

Consider that beds are moved about! 



(1 connection socket per bed) 

Order No.: 70 0171 03 


37


38 


7. Installing the back boxes 

Refer to the table of accessories to find the correct back box. Note: There 

are different back boxes for solid walls and partition walls. 

Some devices call for special accessories which must be ordered. Use 

the table below to select the correct back boxes and connector. 

7..1 Table of accessories 


Order No. 

Back boxes 

Solid wall Partition wall Connector 

17 0100 00 

Telephone interface relay 11 5300 00 17 0200 00 

Pneumatic call switch 70 0106 00 Centre offset Centre offset 

Pneumatic call switch/WC 70 0106 01 Centre offset Centre offset 

Call switch 70 0111 00 

Call switch/WC 70 0111 01 

Staff presence switch 70 0112 00 

Cancel switch/WC 70 0113 00 

Code blue / Cardiac alarm switch 70 0114 00 

Pull cord call switch 70 0115 00 

Pull cord call switch/WC 70 0115 01 

Call switch/WC with cancel switch 70 0117 00 

Call switch with privacy switch 70 0118 00 

Connection socket with call switch 70 0171 03 70 0807 01 

Cancel switch/WC with call tone 70 0183 00 

Connection socket combi 70 0424 00 

Connection socket combi bed. unit 70 0434 00 Installation in medical supply unit 

Connection socket ComTerminal 70 0491 00 00 0222 88 

17 0410 00 

17 5100 00 

17 5400 00 

70 0807 00 

39

7. Installing the back boxes 

40 

Order No. 

Back boxes 

Solid wall Partition wall Connector 

Connection socket ComStation 74 0452 30 

Connection socket Comstation PC 74 0452 60A 

Direction lamp 77 0111 02 

Group lamp, 2 groups 77 0112 02 



Room lamp, 3 sections 77 0170 00 

Room lamp code blue/cardiac 

alarm, WC 

17 0100 00 

17 0410 00 

77 0170 01 

Room lam, 4 sections 77 0171 10 

Room lamp, 3 sections 

with door plate 


with door plate 

77 0171 00 

77 0171 10 

Room lamp, 3 sections 77 0180 10 

Room lamp universal, 3 sections 

with doorplate 

17 5100 00 

77 0181 10 

OSYnet-Y-RepeaterOpto 77 4000 00 77 0950 00 

Sound detector, wall mounted Z 00 8200 00 

7..1.1 ComTerminal 

A 2-gang back box is required for mounting the ComTerminals. Place the 

back box such that when installing the connection socket, a minimum of 

150 mm from the centre of the back box is available above and below the 

centre. 

150 

150 

17 5400 00 

70 0807 00 



8. Laying the cables 

When laying the cables, closely observe the current VDE rules. 

8..1 Cable legend 

To simplify the handling of installation plans, Tunstall GmbH has intro‐ 

duced an expanded cable legend. 

The cables are organised according to their application areas. Relevant 

types of cables are allocated to specific application areas. These shall be 

considered as minimum requirements. 

8..1.1 Colour coding 

Marking Designation Type of cable 

Ia General cables IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 

Ia2 General cables IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.6 




OSYnet Group bus OSYnet Either: UTP CAT-5; UTP CAT-6; 

IY(ST)Y 4x2x0,8; IY(ST)Y 4x2x0,6 

Note: For CAT cables AWG 22 or 

AWG 23 only! 

Ie Entertainment cables 2x IYY per channel or compatible 

cables (1 double wire required for 

each programme) 

In Room bus RAN IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 

Ip Power cable NYM 2x2.5 mm2 Is Speech cable plus room bus 

RAN 

2x IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 

bl blue 

br brown 

ge yellow 

gn green 

gr grey 

or orange 

rt red 

sw black 

vio violet 

ws white 

41


8..2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) 

42 

All electronic components of the nurse call system emission and sensibil‐ 

ity values which are well within the prescribed parameters for electromag‐ 

netic compatibility (EMC). Nevertheless, interference with the call system 

may occur in specific situations and due to insufficient interference sup‐ 

pression of fluorescent lamps - particularly in hospital installation units 

(medical supply units). 

In the original building phase, contractors and users should take ap‐ 

propriate measures to prevent the occurence of external interference. It 

should be checked whether such external interference can be prevented 

through the implementation of suppressor assemblies (varistor element). 

They can be procured from the manufacturers. Here, Tunstall offers the 

overvoltage suppressor 230 V (70 0890 97). 

The electromagnetic characteristics of medical supply units in a hospital 

may vary considerably. In fact, they may even vary for the same type of 

unit if they are wired in different manners. 

Generally speaking, nurse call systems are rather widespread in their lay‐ 

out, and therefore their electromagnetic feature are greatly affected by 

the type and arrangement of the cabling network. 

Note: This issue should also be considered when medical supply units 

are modified or retrofitted at any later date. 

8..2.1 Cables for high-voltage installations and other 

systems with potential dangerous voltages 

Cables for the nurse call circuits must not be installed in common cable 

conduits along with cables for high-voltage systems or with other cables 

with potentially dangerous voltages. 

Cables for the nurse call system and high-voltage cables must be placed 

at a minimum spacing of 30 cm. For shorter distances of less than 10 m 

the spacing may be reduced to 10 cm. 

230 V 

Spacing > 30 cm 

Nurse call system 

In medical supply units the laying of cables for nurse call systems must 

be executed in compliance with ISO 11197:2004 (German version: EN 

ISO 11197:2004). 


8..3 Electric power supply cables (Ip) 



Electric power for the system is provided with 24 VDC, which is generated 

by regulated, short-circuit proof power supply units. 

The power supply cable Ip is installed as a ring circuit. Cable lengths 

should be kept as short as possible to preclude larger voltage drops. 

Maximum voltage differential from the power supply unit to the farthest 

room being supplied via the ring circuit should not exceed 4 V. 

Where larger voltage drops are observed, another cable should be laid 

from the supply unit, or a cross linking within the 24 V ring circuit should 

be realised to effectively reduce the total distance, and as such the volt‐ 

age drop. If neither solution will solve the problem, a second power supply 

unit should be installed. Coupling of power supply units in parallel is not 

allowed. 

The power supply ring circuit should be made using cables of 2.5mm 2 

cross section. Depending on the type of circuit, single core leads (NYA 

2.5 mm 2 for +24V and 0V) or a common cable (NYM 2x2.5 mm 2 ) may be 

used. 

Fig. 4: NYM 2x2.5 mm 2 

NOTE! When laying the cables, always select the shortest route to keep 

the resultant voltage drop as low as possible. 

Use of logic colour codes for the cables and/or specific laying techniques 

for the low-voltage cables shall eliminate the chance for mix-up with highvoltage 

cables. If you select to use cable material which is also used for 

high voltage circuits you should mark and designate these cables clearly 

and permanently. 

Comply with current rules and directives! 

43


8..4 Current demand 

44 

The table below was prepared to facilitate the estimation and calculation 

of the required current in the system. The values are average figures and 

may differ for individual applications. Data on illuminants, naturally, are 

subject to larger tolerances. Total current consumption will vary accord‐ 

ing to the number of functions used at any one time. 

Standby 

current 

Additional current 

74 0510 00 ComTerminal (incl. OSYlink) 96 mA Display light On: 150 mA 

77 0170 xx Room lamp 20 mA Each lighted section: 60 

mA 

77 0171 xx Room lamp with doorplate 20 mA Each lighted section: 60 

mA 

70 0171 03 Connection socket with call switch 15 mA 

70 04x4 00 Connection socket combi / combi bedhead unit 30 mA 

74 0747 00 Patient handset 20 mA 

70 xxxx xx Switch 10 mA 

70 08xx 00 RAN interfaces 20 mA 

70 0790 00 Sound detector 16 mA 

70 0831 00 1-channel radio receiver 35 mA 

77 011x 02 Direction lamp / Group lamps 0 mA Each lighted section: 75 

mA 

77 0150 00 Corridor display Alpha 16 Average current consumption: 300 mA 

77 0160 00 Corridor display Alpha 16, double-sided Average current consumption: 600 mA 

05 0024 00 Loudspeaker with announcement interface 80 mA 

77 0601 00A ComStationCT , desktop unit 96 mA Display light On: 150 mA 

77 0350 00 Door entry speaker 30 mA Operating: 45 mA 

77 0801 00 OSYlink-Door entry speaker 53 mA 

77 0802 00 OSYlink-Group lamp 26 mA 

77 0803 00 OSYlink‐Universal 35 mA 

77 0804 00 OSYlink‐Announcement 32 mA 

77 2100 00 OSYnet‐SafetyController 30 mA 

77 4000 00 OSYnet‐Y‐RepeaterOpto 60 mA 

77 4001 00 OSYnet‐Gateway 50 mA 

A power supply unit is required for each OSY‐ControlCenter 

(Order No. 77 2000 00). 

8..4.1 Standard basis for calculation 

To calculate the required current, first add all standby current figures or 

the average current consumption, respectively. 



In a simplified manner, the additional current demand can be calculated 

as follows: You may assume that on the average 5 calls, 5 presence 

states and one speech connection are active at any one time. 

Current demand for each call = 100 mA 

Current demand for each presence state = 100 mA 

Current demand for each speech connection = 50 mA 

The power supply unit should not be loaded by more than 80% of its ca‐ 

pacity. Maximum capacity for the power supply units is 12.5 A. The 80% 

permissible load, therefore, amounts to 10 A. 

8..4.2 Sample calculation 

Example: 25 two-bed rooms with WC 

Number Device 


Standby current : 

per device for 25 rooms 

25 ComTerminal 96 mA 2400 mA 

25 Room lamp, 3 sections 20 mA 500 mA 

25 Room lamp code blue/cardiac alarm, WC 20 mA 500 mA 

50 Connection socket Combi bedhead unit 30 mA 1500 mA 

50 Patient handset 20 mA 1000 mA 

50 Switch 10 mA 500 mA 

1 ComStation CT , desktop unit 96 mA 96 mA 

1 OSYlink‐Group lamp 26 mA 26 mA 

1 Group lamp, 2 groups 0 mA 0 mA 

Number Function 

Sum (standby current): 6522 mA 

Additional current: 

per function per ward 

5 active calls 100 mA 500 mA 

5 active presence states 100 mA 500 mA 

1 active speech connection 50 mA 50 mA 

Sum (additional current): 1050 mA 

Total 

(standby current + additional current): 

80% load on a power supply unit = 10 A (100% = 12.5 A) 

7572 mA 

Result: One power supply unit is required for the 25 two-bed rooms with 

WC. 

45


8..5 Group bus OSYnet 

46 

Lay all cables to the control unit OSY‐ControlCenter. Use the locally 

available facilities (distributors, cable conduits). 

CAUTION ! For the group bus OSYnet no stub lines may be installed. All 

devices must be directly connected to the bus. 

Cables for the nurse call system which run outside of the building must 

be fitted with an overvoltage protection acc. to DIN VDE 0845 at the posi‐ 

tion where they leave the building. This overvoltage protection will not be 

required if a galvanic disconnect point prevents the effect of harmful volt‐ 

ages. 

8..5.1 Useable cable types 

The following types of cables may be used for the group bus OSYnet: 

UTP CAT-5 

UTP CAT-6 

IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 

IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.6 

NOTE! For CAT cables AWG 22 or AWG 23 only! 

NOTE! As alternative solutions, halogen-free variants as well as under‐ 

ground cables can be used. Contact Tunstall GmbH when planning to use 

any other type of cable. 

These cables are drilled in pairs in the following design: 

DG 

DG 

NF 2a 

NF 1b 

NF 2b 

NF 1a 

DL 

DH 


8..5.2 Prescribed cable assignment 

UTP CAT-5 

UTP CAT-6 

IY(ST)Y 4x2x0,8 

IY(ST)Y 4x2x0,6 

8..5.3 CCS 32‐cables 

CCS 32 


orange 

white/orange 

green 

white/green 

blue 

white/blue 

brown 

white/brown 

yellow 

white 

green 

white 

blue 

red 

brown 

white 


NF 2a 

NF 2b 

DG 

DG 

DH 

DL 

NF 1a 

NF 1b 

NF 2a 

NF 2b 

DG 

DG 

DH 

DL 

NF 1a 

NF 1b 

The system cable CC32 from Tunstall has been used in many earlier re‐ 

conditioning projects. The cable may be used, however, only one speech 

path will be available. 

*) The black strand is not used. 

black*) 

shielding DG 

white DH 

blue DL 

brown NF 1a 

gray NF 1b 

47


8..5.4 Maximum permissible cable lengths for OSYnet 

48 


a + b = max. 700 m 

c + d + e = max. 700 m 

c 

max. 700 m 

max. 700 m 

a 

OSYnet‐Y‐RepeaterOpto 


Group 1, Ward 1 




e 

max. 700 m 




= Bus termination 

at last bus user 

Where several wards are connected to a group bus, it may be necessary 

to split the group bus into two independent sections. The splitting is done 

using the OSYnet-Y‐RepeaterOpto (Order No. 77 4000 00). One re‐ 

peater can be used for each group. 

Where the max. cable length of 700 m will not suffice, the group bus can 

expanded for another 700 m using the OSYnet‐Gateway (Order No. 77 

4001 00). One Gateway can be used for each group. 

8..5.4.1 Bus termination 

The last device (e.g. a ComTerminal) at a bus cable must be fitted with 

a 120 Ohm resistor (Order No. 00 0040 76) between the connecting 

points DH and DL. 

d 


b

8..6 Room bus RAN 



The RAN (room area network) links all components in a room. For data 

linking, 3 strands of IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 (Cable = In) are required. 

+24V 

RAN 

0V 

R (ed) = +24 V 

Y(ellow) = RAN 

B(lack) = 0V 

Max. permissible cable length for RAN is 50 m. 

Max. permissible number of RAN users is 30. 

Devices for voice communication require an additional speech line (cable 

Is). 

All devices with RAN interface can be connected at random (star, bus or 

mesh network). Later expansion of the RAN can be realised from any de‐ 

vice and independent of the device's particular function. Only additional 

devices with voice communication require an extra voice line. 

For a better overview, split the various RAN connections into function 

groups. This type of arrangement is more service-friendly (Fig. 5 on next 

page). 

The type of installation has no influence on the RAN functions. 

The voltage drop at each cable connection caused by a current of max. 

60 mA (1 yellow LED module) must not exceed 90 Millivolts in relation to 

the voltage at the ComTerminal. Under normal condition, this value is 

achieved when a room lamp is connected cable of type In, which is longer 

than 50 m. 

8..6.1 Shielded cables for the room bus RAN (Is) 

CAUTION ! Insulate the protective screen or the blank shield up to the 

connecting point. Otherwise, a short circuit situation or interference 

between lines may occur. 

To ensure the protective screen function, all room bus cables for music 

or voice transmissions (shielded cables) may be stripped for a max. 

length of 30 mm only. 

max. 30 mm 

49


50 

Fig. 5: RAN: Example for installation 

Not service-friendly 

confusing = 

poor installation 

Service friendly 

clearly arranged= 

good installation 


9. Activating the power supply 

Prerequisite: Except the power supply unit, all cables are installed and 

all devices are connected in compliance with the enclosed product 

leaflets. 

Note: All product leaflets are presented in chapter 14. “Product leaflets”. 

9..1 Installing the power supply unit 

Before connecting the power supply unit you must check the cables to 

the power supply unit for possible short circuits and earth bonding. 

Install the power supply unit acc. to the installation instructions coming 

with the unit. This information is also shown in the chapter 14. “Product 

leaflets”. 

9..2 Check the current supply 

The operating voltage for the whole system is 24 VDC. Electric current 

for the system components is supplied through power supply units. 

Execute the checks and tests as shown below: 

9..2.1 Check output voltage of the power supply unit 

Use a multi-meter to confirm the output voltage of 24 VDC. 

9..2.2 Check continuity of 24 V ring circuit 

Disconnect one end of the ring circuit at the power supply unit. Switch the 

power supply unit on and measure the voltage at the open wires. If no 

voltage is measured, the ring circuit is not closed or one of the strands 

(positive or negative) is interrupted. 

Power supply 

unit 

1. ComTerminal 

1. ComTerminal 


51

9. Activating the power supply 

9..2.3 Supply voltage to the ComTerminals 

52 

Activate 5 calls and 5 presence states for the ward which is to be 

checked. Use the worst location, i.e. the most distant location from the 

power supply unit. Test the voltage and determine the ComTerminal with 

the lowest voltage. This point is considered the electric centre of the ring 

circuit. Here, the voltage differential to the first ComTerminal as seen from 

the power supply unit must not be greater than 4 V. 

If you should read a lower value (i.e. a drop of more than 4V) the voltage 

drop must be reduced by laying an additional cable from the power supply 

unit to this point - or double the 0 V line - if it is available. 

Power supply unit 

Electric 

centre 

9..2.4 Check voltage for group bus OSYnet 

If group bus OSYnet is correctly connected : 

voltage between DH and DG and 

voltage between DL and DG = ca. 2.5 V. 

9..2.5 Check voltage for RAN 

RAN voltage is o.k. when voltage between B (0V) and Y (RAN) is from 

8.8 V to 9 V DC. 

If the voltage is outside of these parameters, these may be the reasons: 

If voltage between B (0V) and Y (RAN) = 0 V 

a) Short circuit between B and Y 

b) Strand Y (RAN) is not connected to the connection socket. 

If voltage between B and Y = 12 V 

a) Strand B (0V) is not connected at one of the using devices. 

b) One device is defective. 


10. Configure the OSY-ControlCenter 

Before starting the operation of the nurse call system, the OSY‐Control‐ 

Center must be configured with the specific data of the relevant project. 

This configuration is realised exclusively using the software 'SystemOr‐ 

ganizer'. Standard procedure is that the OSY-ControlCenter is confi‐ 

gured at Tunstall before it is delivered. However, the configuration may 

also take place on-location in the hospital or via remote service mode. 

All project-specific data must be on hand when starting with the configur‐ 

ation process. 

Fig. 6: Software SystemOrganizer 

10..1 Parameter to be configured 

Country-specific settings 

Designation for rooms, wards, buildings, etc. 

Setting of call types and system messages 

Parameters for call handling, e.g. call types, call categories, cancel‐ 

ling, privacy setting 

Organisational allocation of rooms (locations) to wards, work shifts, 

etc. 

Managing of mobile devices DECT / PS. 

... 


53

10. Configure the OSY-ControlCenter 

10..1.1 Software conditions 

54 

Windows 2000/XP operating system 

10/100 MBit LAN access 

The use of the SystemOrganizer is described in the online help for the 

programme. 


11. Voltage surge protection 

The German standard regulates that all lines of the call system which are 

to emerge from the building shall be provided with voltage surge protec‐ 

tion under DIN VDE 0845 (VDE 0845) at the emerging point. 

For the voltage surge protection you have especially to follow: 

VDE 0845 Part 4-2 2002-07 DIN EN L61663-2: Lightning protection - 

Telecommunication lines - Part 2 Lines using metallic conductors (IEC 

61663-2:2001); German version EN 61663-2:2001 

In the following the structure of the voltage surge protection is presented 

for cables of the Flamenco call system, which are laid between two buil‐ 

dings. 

NOTE! For the described fine protection of the Flamenco call system it 

is provided that all measures for the coarse protection have been comple‐ 

ted according to the valid regulations. Otherwise the fine protection can‐ 

not work. 

The voltage surge protection has to be installed in the main building 

connection point. This should be installed directly where the cables enter 

the building. The voltage surge protection has to be installed in both buil‐ 

dings affected. 

WARNING ! By installing the described surge protection the maximum 

cable length for the OSYnet is reduced by 50 meters. 

NOTE! To make sure a permanent protection of the Flamenco call sys‐ 

tem, the voltage surge protection devices have to be installed acc. to the 

manufacturer's specifications. 

On the next pages the required voltage surge protection devices (SPD) 

are presented. Note: The shown SPD modules are just examples. SPD 

modules of other makes can be used as well. 

After the presentation of the SPD modules the construction of the surge 

protection is shown in a diagram. 


55


11..1 SPD modules 

56 

Functions Order no. 

SPD module base part 

BXT BAS 

Base part, for use as feed-through terminal for 

supporting SPD modules for speech and data 

lines. Modules pluggable without interruption, for 

4 single wires or 2 double wires. Width 12 mm 

(2/3 TE). 

‐ Mounting on 35 mm top hat rail acc. to 60715 

‐ Connection cross section finely stranded: 

0.08 - 2.5 mm2 ‐ Earthing via 35 mm top hat rail acc. to 

EN 60715 

‐ Approvals, Certifications: CSA, UL, VdS 

SPD module for speech and data wires 

BXT ML4 BD HF 5 

Combined Lightning Current and Surge Arrester 

Module SPD class TYPE 1 / P1 tested acc. to 

EN 61643-21 and energy-coordinated acc. to 

IEC 61643-22 for protection of 2 pairs of IT sys‐ 

tems. For use with high data transmission rates 

due to its low self impedance. 

‐ For plugging into base part type BXT BAS. 

‐ SPD monitoring system: LifeCheck 

‐ Max. continuous operating DC voltage: 6.0 V 

‐ Nominal current for 45° C: 1.0 A 

‐ D1 Total lightning impulse current (10/350): 

10 kA 

‐ Series impedance per wire: 1.0 Ohm 

‐ Shock test : EN 60068-2-27 (Ea test) 

‐ Examination of vibration performance (sinus‐ 

oidal): EN 60068-2-6 (Fc test) 

‐ Test for vibration performance (coincidental): 

EN 60068-2-64 (Fh test) 

‐ Approvals, Certifications: CSA, VdS 

77 4900 00 

77 4900 01 


Functions 

SPD module for network cables 

DPA M CLE RJ45B 48 

Surge arrester class E, fully shielded, tested acc. 

to EN 61643-21 for universal use acc. to EN 

50173 up to 48 V DC for the protection of 4 pairs 

of data network interfaces via RJ45 socket, for 

single application or application in 19 inch cabin‐ 

ets, space-saving, width 19 mm. 

‐ Max. continuous operating DC voltage: 48 V 

‐ Nominal current: 1 A 

‐ C2 Total nominal discharge current (8/20) line- 

PG: 10 kA 

‐ For mounting on 35 mm to hat rail acc. to 

EN 60715 


Order no. 

77 4900 02 


57


Building 1 Building 2 

58 


ComTerminals 

OSYlink‐ 

modules 

Group 1 

NF1b' 

NF1a' 

NF1b 

NF1a 

Corridor displays 

Protected 

Base part 

Order no. 

77490000 

NF1b'' 

NF1a'' 

NF1b 

NF1a 

Protected 

Voltage surge protection 

1 2 speech wires 2' 1' 

SPD module 

for speech and data wires 

Order no. 77490001 

3 4 *) 

4' 3' 

NF2a' 


1 2 speech wires 2' 1' 

SPD module 


Order no. 77490001 

3 4 *) 

4' 3' 

NF2b' 

NF2a 

NF2b 

Base part 

Order no. 

77490000 

DG' 

DH' 

DG 

DH 

NF2a'' 

NF2b'' 

NF2a 

NF2b 

2' 1' 


data wires 

1 2 

Protected 

SPD module 

for speech and data cables 

Order no. 77490001 

DG'' 

DH'' 

DG 

DH 

Base part 

Order no. 

77490000 

2' 1' 


data wires 

1 2 

DL' 

3 4 *) 

4' 3' 

NC 

DL 

Protected 

SPD module 


Order no. 77490001 

3 4 *) 

4' 3' 

NC 

Base part 

Order no. 

77490000 

DL'' 

DL 


network cables 

SPD module 

for network cables 

Order no. 77490002 

*) 



SPD module 


Order no. 77490002 

*) 

Main building 

connection point 1 

Main building 

connection point 2 

*) Mounting on earthed top hat rail. 

OSY‐ControlCenter *) Mounting on earthed top hat rail. 

Cables guided through the earth. 



12. Functional checks 

Check each room for possible faults 

Test light call function from each room 

Test functions between the rooms. 

Test the ward console 

Test mobile console 

Test central console 

Test functions between the wards 

NOTE! National standards for nurse call systems in the relevant 

countries must be complied with. 

NOTE! If the nurse call system shall comply with the German standard 

DIN VDE 0834, then all tests and checks must be executed as prescribed 

in this standard. Note: The tests and checks as prescribed by DIN VDE 

0834 may go beyond the tests and checks as described in this manual. 

59


12..1 Checking the room installation 

12..1.1 Checking every room for faults 

60 

Perform the tests CCS and RAN at the room's ComTerminal as pre‐ 

scribed in the product leaflet for the ComTerminal. 

No fault may be indicated at any of these devices for the room: 

ComStationPC , ManagementCenterPC , OSYnet‐SafetyController 

(output for fault messages). 

Use the patient handset or the pear push switch to check for correct 

light switching. 

Use the patient handset to check for correct radio reception and TV 

sound. 


12..1.2 Check light call function from each room 

12..1.2.1 Check each room 

Press call button 

(red). 

Activate 

presence 1 

(green). 

Deactivate 

presence 1 

(green). 

Press call button 

(red). 

Activate 

presence 2 

(yellow). 

Deactivate 

presence 2 

(yellow). 



The following test is performed to check all call devices in the room: 

Start 

yes 

LED for 

call button (red) 

weak light. 

no 

LED for call button 

(red) bright. 


(red) 

weak light. 


(red) bright. 


(red) weak light 

LED in presence 

button (green). 

is on 


button (green) 

is off. 


button (yellow) 

is on 

LED in 

presence button 

(yellow) is off. 

Correct the fault. 

Room lamp: 

Red flashing. 

Room lamp: 

Red is on. 

Green is on. 

Room lamp: 

Lights are off. 

Room lamp: 

Red flashing. 

Room lamp: 

Red is on. 

Yellow is on. 

Room lamp: 


61


12..1.2.2 Check function from WCs en suite to room 

62 

Press WC call 

button (red). 

Press WC 

cancel button 

(grey). 

Press WC 

cancel button 

(grey) again. 

The following test is performed to check all call devices from WCs en suite 

to rooms: 

LED for WC call 

button (red) bright. 

LED for WC- call 

button (red) 

weak light. 

Start 

yes 

LED for WC call 

button (red) 

weak light. 

no 

LED for WC 

cancel button 

(grey) is on. 

LED for WC 

cancel button 

(grey) is off. 

Correct the fault. 

Room lamps 

77 0170 00 

77 0171 00: 

Red flashing. 

Room lamp 

77 0170 01: 

White flashing. 

Room lamps 

77 0170 10 

77 0171 10 

Red flashing + 

White flashing. 

Room lamps 

7 0170 00 

77 0171 00: 

Red is on. 

Room lamp 

77 0170 01: 

White is on. 

Room lamps 

77 0170 10 

77 0171 10 

Rot is in+ 

White is on. 

Room lamps 

77 0170 00 

77 0171 00: 


Room lamp 

77 0170 01: 

Lights are off 

Room lamps 

77 0170 10 

77 0171 10 

Lights are off 


12..1.2.3 Testing of code blue / cardiac alarm 

Start 

Activate 

presence 1 

(green). 

Press code 

blue/cardiac alarm 

button (blue). 

Activate 

presence 2 

(yellow). 

Deactivate 

presence 2 

(yellow). 

Deactivate 

presence 1 

(green). 



The following test is performed for the code blue/cardiac alarm button at 

the ComTerminal and for all separate code blue/cardiac alarm switches: 

LED for code 


button (blue) is on. 

LED for code 


button (blue) 

weak light. 

LED for presence 

button 1 (green) 

is on. 

LED for 


(yellow) is on. 

LED for 


(yellow) is off. 

LED for 


(green) is off. 

Room lamps 

77 0170 00 

77 0171 00 

77 0170 10 

77 0171 10: 

Green is on. 

Room lamps 

77 0170 00 

77 0171 00: 

77 0170 10 

77 0171 10 

Red flicker. 

Green is on. 

Room lamp 

77 0170 01: 

Blue flickers. 

Room lamps 

77 0170 00 

77 0171 00: 

77 0170 10 

77 0171 10 

Red is on. 

Green is on. 

Yellow is on 

Room lamp 

77 0170 01: 

Blue is on. 

Room lamps 

77 0170 00 

77 0171 00: 

77 0170 10 

77 0171 10 

Red is off. 

Green is on. 

Yellow is off. 

Room lamp 

77 0170 01: 


Room lamps 

77 0170 00 

77 0171 00 

77 0170 10 

77 0171 10: 


63


12..2 Checking the ward functions 

12..2.1 Call forwarding 

64 

When a call is not answered within a programmed time frame, it will be 

forwarded to all rooms with activated presence states. Forwarded calls 

are presented on the display at the ComTerminal, and a tone also signals 

such calls. 

Refer to the operating instructions for the ComTerminal for details on the 

handling of forwarded calls. 

Check for each room: 

Is the call forwarding tone audible at the ComTerminal? 

Does the display of the ComTerminals show the correct room number? 

Can the call be answered? Can a speech connection be established 

to the call location? 

Can normal calls be cancelled from the remote position? 

12..2.1.1 Corridor display 

Check whether calls in the ward are correctly indicated at the corridor dis‐ 

play. 

12..2.1.2 Direction lamps 

12..2.1.3 Call devices 

Check each direction lamp for the correct indication of the direction for 

the allocated rooms. 

Check whether calls from additional call devices (e.g. radio triggers and 

pear push switches) are indicated as desired. 


12..3 Checking the consoles 



Perform this test for all installed consoles: Ward consoles, mobile con‐ 

soles, central consoles. For information on the correct operation and use 

of the consoles refer to the relevant operating instructions. 

Two persons are required for executing these checks. One person will 

handle the console, and the other person will proceed from one room to 

another. 

Checks for each room: 

Is the room number correctly displayed? 

Do all types of calls arrive at the console and are they signalled in the 

appropriate manner (e.g. normal call, WC call, diagnostic call, emerg‐ 

ency call 1, emergency call 2, WC call, WC emergency call, code blue 

/ cardiac alarm)? 

Are bed numbers (channel numbers) correctly presented? 

Can calls be answered at the console? 

Can a speech connection be established with the console via voice 

devices (ComTerminal, patient handset)? 

Are presence states correctly displayed? 

Can announcements be broadcast from the console? 

NOTE! If you note that a false bed number has been set at the connection 

socket combi bedhead unit, the medical supply unit must be opened in 

order to set the correct number (refer to documents on the medical supply 

unit). 

65


12..4 Checking functions between wards 

66 

Check: 

Can ward coupling be realised at the ward console? 

Correct function of group lamps. 



13. Spare parts 

Functions Order No. 

Terminating resistor 120 Ohm 

as bus terminating element in the final bus de‐ 

vice. 

Fuse 1 A F 

e.g. for connection socket ComTerminal, corridor 

display Alpha 16, corridor display Alpha 16, 

double-sided. 

Mains fuse, front plate (5 x 20) T 5.0 A 

for power supply unit and power supply unit 

UPS, power supply unit UPS 60. 

Output fuse, bottom 15 A FKS 



Battery fuse, internal 20 A FKS 

for power supply unit UPS, battery set for UPS 

60. 

Push-wire connector for junction boxes, 

5-pole 

e.g. for connection socket ComStation. 

Wire cross-section: 0.5 - 2.5 mm2 Clamp for battery connection, 2 pole 

for power supply unit UPS 60. 

Screw connecting clamp, 6‐pole 

for OSYlink-Door entry speaker, OSYlink-Group 

lamp, OSYlink-Announcement, OSYlink‐Univer‐ 

sal, OSY-ControlCenter (data wires). 

00 0040 76 

00 0130 24 

00 0130 41 

00 0132 02 

00 0132 03 

00 0210 21 

00 0211 20 

00 0211 32 

67


68 

Functions 

Screw connecting clamp, voltage supply, 

4‐pole 



sal and for OSY‐ControlCenter (DC/DC con‐ 

verter). 




sal, OSY-ControlCenter (audio wires). 




sal. 




sal. 

Clamp for control and indicator outputs, 

7-pole 



Clamp for mains connection, 3-pole 



Clamp for 24 V connection, 4-pole 



Order No. 

00 0211 33 

00 0211 36 

00 0211 37 

00 0211 38 

00 0211 39 

00 0211 40 

00 0211 41 


Functions 

Cage clamp, 10‐pole 

for OSY‐ControlCenter. 

Push-wire connector for junction boxes, 

4-pole 

e.g. for connection socket ComTerminal. 

Wire cross-section: 0.28 - 0.5 mm2 Bridging contact EB 2 - 5 for control 

clamps “x“ and “y“ 

for power supply unit UPS, power supply unit 

UPS 60. 

Plug-in screw terminal with fuse holder 

e.g. for corridor display Alpha 16, corridor display 

Alpha 16, double-sided. 

Rechargeable lead-gel battery, Type BAT 

12-24 

(2 batteries required) 

for battery set for UPS 60. 

LED module, red 

for group lamps, direction lamps. 

LED module, green 

for group lamps, direction lamps. 

Connecting cable 

e.g. for connection socket with call switch. 


Order No. 

00 0211 44 

00 0222 88 

00 0223 56 

00 0224 81 

00 0648 87 

13 5200 00A 

13 5202 00A 

50 0308 02 


69


70 

Functions 

Connector, 3-pole 

for switches and room lamps. 

Connector, 4‐pole 

for connection socket with call switch. 

Fixing clamp 

for switches. 

Order No. 

70 0807 00 

70 0807 01 

70 0808 00 

Overvoltage protection circuit 70 0890 97 

LED module, red 

for room lamps. 

LED module, yellow 


LED module, green 


LED module, white 


LED module, blue 


OSYnet connecting plug 

for OSYnet‐Y‐RepeaterOpto. 

77 0190 00 

77 0190 01 

77 0190 02 

77 0190 03 

77 0190 04 

77 0950 00 


14. Product leaflets 

Each device is furnished with a product leaflet with information on moun‐ 

ting and connection details. In addition, we have collated the relevant pro‐ 

duct leaflets in this chapter of the technical manual. 

WARNING! Do not install the power supply unit at this time. The mounting 

and installation of the various devices and equipment shall be executed 

with no electric power in the system. Otherwise there is the ever present 

danger of a short-circuit situation! 

NOTE! Check that the order no. on the products is the same as the order no. 

on the product leaflets. Example: Switches for WC call have the same housing 

as the switches for normal call, however, they are programmed differently. 

Display equipment Page 

77 0112 02 Group lamp, 2 groups 4 



77 0150 00 Corridor display Alpha 16 5 - 6 

77 0160 00 Corridor display Alpha 16, double-sided 7 - 8 

77 0170 00 Room lamp, 3 sections 9 

77 0170 01 Room lamp, code blue/cardiac alarm, WC 9 

77 0170 10 Room lamp, 4 sections 9 

77 0171 00 Rom lamp, 3 sections, with doorplate 10 

77 0171 10 Room lamp, 4 sections, with doorplate 10 

77 0180 10 Room lamp Universal, 3 sections 11 

77 0181 10 Room lamp Universal, 3 sections, with doorplate 12 

Switch programme 

70 0106 00 Pneumatic call switch 14 

70 0106 01 Pneumatic call switch/WC 14 

70 0111 00 Call switch wp 15 

70 0111 01 Call switch/WC wp 15 

70 0114 00 Code blue / Cardiac alarm switch wp 15 

70 0112 00 Staff presence switch wp 16 

70 0113 00 Cancel switch/WC wp 16 

70 0115 00 Pull cord call switch wp 17 

70 0115 01 Pull cord call switch/WC wp 17 

70 0117 00 Call switch/WC with cancel switch wp 18 

70 0118 00 Call switch with privacy switch wp 18 

70 0119 00 Staff presence combination with call tone wp 19 

70 0183 00 Cancel switch/WC with call tone wp 19 

Room terminals 

74 0510 00 ComTerminal 22 - 23 

74 0520 00 Terminal (without speech) 24 - 25 

77 0510 00 ComTerminal Flamenco 26 - 29 

Flamenco - Technical Manual, 11/09 (Rev. 4.0), 00 8812 60 Appendix


Appendix 

Connection sockets 

70 0171 03 Connection socket with call switch 32 

70 0424 00 Connection socket combi 33 - 34 

70 0434 00 Connection socket combi bedhead unit 35 - 36 

70 0491 00 Connection socket ComTerminal 37 - 38 

74 0452 30 Connection socket ComStation 39 

Consoles 

77 0601 00A ComStation CT , desktop unit 42 

77 0602 00 ComStation PC 43 

77 0610 00 ManagementCenter PC 44 

Interfaces 

70 0360 10 IR TV control module 46 - 47 

70 0360 11 IR TV control module Audio 48 - 49 

70 0840 00 RAN interface normal call 50 

70 0841 00 RAN interface code blue/cardiac alarm 50 

70 0842 00 RAN interface telephone call 51 

70 0860 00 RAN interface TV 54 - 55 

70 0880 00 RAN interface with speech 56 

77 0801 00 OSYlink-Door entry speaker 57 - 58 

77 0802 00 OSYlink-Group lamp 59 - 60 

77 0803 00 OSYlink-Universal 61 - 62 

77 0804 00 OSYlink-Announcement 63 - 64 

77 0805 00 OSYlink-ComTerminal 25 

Accessories 

70 0790 00 Sound detector 68 

70 0812 00 Diagnostic connection cable 69 

77 0901 00 Smoke detector 70 

System devices 

77 2000 00 OSY-ControlCenter 72 - 75 

77 2100 00 OSYnet-SafetyController 76 - 77 

Electric power supply 

77 3400 00 Power supply unit UPS 80 - 86 

77 3401 00 Power supply unit 87 - 89 

77 3400 10 Power supply unit UPS 60 90 - 95 

77 3450 00 Battery set for UPS 60 96 - 99 

Installation 

77 4000 00 OSYnet-Y-RepeaterOpto 102 

77 4001 00 OSYnet-Gateway 103 


14..1 Display equipment 





77 0160 00 Corridor display Alpha 16, double-sided 

77 0170 00 Room lamp, 3 sections 

77 0170 01 Room lamp, code blue/cardiac alarm, WC 

77 0170 10 Room lamp, 4 sections 

77 0171 00 Rom lamp, 3 sections, with doorplate 

77 0171 10 Room lamp, 4 sections, with doorplate 

77 0180 10 Room lamp Universal, 3 sections 

77 0181 10 Room lamp Universal, 3 sections, with doorplate 


Flamenco - Technical Manual, 11/09 (Rev. 4.0), 00 8812 60 Appendix 

Product Leaflets: Page 3

Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de 

Installationsanleitung D Installation Instructions GB 

Gruppenleuchte, 2‐teilig, Best.‐Nr. 77 0112 02 



Signalleuchte für mehrere Gruppen zur gruppenbezogenen Signalisierung von Rufen. 

(2-teilig: 2 Gruppen, 3-teilig: 3 Gruppen, 4-teilig: 4 Gruppen) Je Gruppe stehen zwei 

Einzelleuchtfelder (rot und grün) mit Anschlussmöglichkeiten zur Signalisierung von Rufen 

und Rufstatus zur Verfügung. Inkl. LED‐Module. 

Abmessungen (HxBxT) ohne Montagerahmen: 

2-teilig: 60 x 86 x 70 mm 

3-teilig: 240 x 86 x 70 mm 

4-teilig: 320 x 86 x 70 mm 

Betriebsstrom pro Leuchtfeld: 20 mA 

Hinweis! Die vollständige Installation des Systems ist im technischen 

Handbuch beschrieben. 

Einbaudose und Befestigungsschrauben für die Wandmontage nicht im Lieferumfang. 

Back box and fixing screws for wall mounting not included in delivery. 

77 0112 02 

Gruppenleuchte, 2‐teilig 

Group lamp, 2 groups 

00 8802 47, 07/06 (Rev. 1.0) 

LED‐Modul, rot / LED module, red 

LED‐Modul, grün / LED module, green 

Product Leaflets: Page 4 

77 0113 02 



Group lamp, 2 groups, order no. 77 0112 02 



Signal lamps for several groups for group related display of calls: 2 groups, 3 groups or 4 

groups. Two single sections (red and green) per group with connection possibilities for 

signalling of calls and call status. 

Dimensions (HxWxD) without mountig frame: 

2 groups: 160 x 86 x 70 mm 

3 groups: 240 x 86 x 70 mm 

4 groups: 320 x 86 x 70 mm 

Operating current per light section: 20 mA 

Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the technical 

manual. 

Plus‐Pol: Ruf (rot) 

positive terminal: call (red) 

Anschlüsse / Connections: 

Plus-Pol: Status (grün) 

positive terminal: status (green) 

Rotes Leuchtfeld: Ruf 

red light section: call 

Grünes Leuchtfeld: Status 

green light section: status 

77 0114 02 



Gemeinsamer Minus‐Pol 

collective negative terminal



Flurdisplay Alpha 16, Best.‐Nr. 77 0150 00 

Display zur alphanumerischen Anzeige von Rufen und allgemeinen Systeminformationen. 

16 Zeichen alphanumerisch 

Automatische Anzeige als Laufschrift bei längeren Texten 

Tongeber zur Anzeige von nachgesendeten Rufen 

Lautsprecher z.B. für Durchsagen und Signaltöne 

Stromaufnahme: 300 mA (Durchschnitt) 



00 8802 43, 12/07 (Rev. 1.1) 

Corridor Display Alpha 16, order no. 77 0150 00 

Display for alphanumeric indication of calls and general system information. 

16 digits, alphanumeric 

Longer texts are automatically displayed as ticker 

Buzzer for signalling forwarded calls 

Loudspeaker, e.g. for announcements or signal tones 

Supply current: 300 mA (average) 

Adresse einstellen (1 - 110) Setting of address (1 - 110) 

Zum Einstellen der Adresse dienen die Codierschalter 1 bis 7 mit den Werten 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 

32, 64. Entsprechenden Schalter auf ON stellen. 

Beispiele: Adresse 1 wird durch Einschalten des Codierschalters 1 eingestellt. 

Adresse 4 durch Einschalten des Codierschalters 3. 

Adresse 24 wird durch Addition gebildet: Schalter 4 und 5 auf ON stellen (8+16=24). 

Wenn die Adresse während des Betriebs geändert wird, muss anschließend ein Reset 

durchgeführt werden. Für den Reset Codierschalter 10 für eine Sekunde auf ON setzen. 


manual. 

For setting the address please use the code switches 1 to 7 with the values 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 

64. Set the appropriate switch to ON. 

Examples: Address 1 is set by using the code switch 1. Address 4 by the code switch 3. 

Address 24 is selected through addition: coding switch 4 and 5 (8 + 16 = 24). 

After the address is changed while system operation a reset has to be made. For the reset set 

code switch 10 for one second to ON. 

Montage Mounting 

Das Flurdisplay ist vorgesehen zur Montage in Fluren oder Diensträumen. 

The corridor display is designed for mounting in corridors or duty rooms. 

Das mitgelieferte Zubehör dient zur Deckenmontage. 

The standard accessory is used for ceiling mounting. 

785 mm 

Gesamtgewicht ca. 3 kg 

Total weight approx. 3 kg 

770 mm 

77 0150 00 

Flurdisplay Alpha 16 

Corridor Display Alpha 16 

570 mm 

1 

2 

4 

8 

16 

32 

64 

Test 

Reset 

Anschlussleitung, 1800 mm 

Connection Cable, 1800 mm 

Adresse 

Address 

Rohr Länge 650 mm 

Tube length 650 mm 


35 

A 

Das Seil durch die Hülse A der Öse 

schieben. Das Seil arretiert automatisch. 

Seil bis zur gewünschten Länge 

abschneiden. (Zum Lösen der 

Arretierung Hülse A eindrücken) 

Slide the rope through the sleeve A of 

the eye. The rope is fixed automatically. 

Cut off the rope to the desired length. 

(For pulling out the rope press sleeve A)

Anschlüsse D Connections GB 

Anschluss Connection 

Das Flurdisplay wird direkt an den Gruppenbus OSYnet angeschlossen. Die freien 

Drahtenden der Anschlussleitung dienen zum bauseitigen Anschluss. 

00 8802 43, 12/07 (Rev. 1.1) 

The corridor display is directly connected to the group bus OSYnet. Use the free wire ends of 

the connection cable for on site connection. 

Funktionstest Functional test 

Wenn das Flurdisplay angeschlossen ist, sollte ein Funktionstest durchgeführt werden. When the corridor display is connected, a functional test should be carried out. 

Zum Starten des Funktionstest Codierschalter 9 “Test” auf ON setzen. 

To start the functional test set code switch 9 “test” to ON. 

Das Display durchläuft nun die im Folgenden beschriebenen Testschritte. Jeder Schritt The corridor display will run through the test steps described in the following table. Each 

dauert ca. 2 Sekunden. 

step takes approx. 2 seconds. 

Display zeigt: Test ok, wenn... Was wird getestet? 

Start Test 

Tunstall GmbH 

Display Check 

0123456789abcdef 

Buzzer test 

Buzzer: low 

Buzzer: medium 

Buzzer: loud 

Buzzer OFF 

Speech relay 1 ON 


Speech relays OFF 

IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 

(Anzeige in Laufschrift) 

To stop the test: 

DIP switch 9 -> OFF 

End of Test 

00:00 (Uhrzeit) 

Die 3 Texte werden 

nacheinander angezeigt. 

Funktionstest startet. 

Optische Anzeige. 

Tongeber-Test startet. 

Leiser Signalton ertönt. Tongeber‐Einstellung “leise” 

Mittel-lauter Signalton ertönt. Tongeber-Einstellung “mittel” 

Lauter Signalton ertönt. Tongeber-Einstellung “laut” 

Tongeber wird ausgeschaltet. 

Leises Klicken eines Relais 

Sprechkanal 1 der Rufanlage 

ist zu hören. 


ist zu hören. 

Klicken von Relais ist zu hören. 

Anzeige ohne “Löcher”. 

Löcher zeigen defekte LEDs an. 


Sprechkanäle werden geschlossen. 

Funktionsfähigkeit der LEDs 

Zum Beenden des Tests den Codierschalter 9 auf OFF setzen. 

Test beendet. 

Wenn OSYnet angeschlossen: Anzeige der Systemuhrzeit. 

Sonst läuft interne Uhr des Flurdisplays ab 00:00 Uhr 

Anschlussleitung 

connection cable 

1 

2 

4 

8 

16 

32 

64 

Test 

Reset 

Adresse 

Address 

Display shows: Test ok, if... What is being tested? 

Start Test 


Display Check 

0123456789abcdef 

Buzzer test 

Buzzer: low 


Buzzer: loud 

Buzzer OFF 





(displayed as ticker) 



End of Test 

00:00 (time) 

schwarz/black: 0 V 

blau/blue: 0 V 

rot/red: 24 V 

braun/brown: NF 1a 

weiß/white: NF 1b 

grau/grey: NF 2a 

rosa/pink: NF 2b 

gelb/yellow: DL 

grün/green: DH 

violett/violet: DG 


The 3 texts are displayed one 

after the other. 

Functional test starts. 

Buzzer test starts. 

Optical display. 

Low signal tone sounds. Buzzer setting “low” 

Medium signal tone sounds. Buzzer setting “medium” 

Loud signal tone sounds. Buzzer setting “loud” 

Low relay click can be heard. 

Buzzer is switched off. 

Speech channel 1 of system 

Low relay click can be heard. Speech channel 2 of system 

Relay click can be heard. 

Display without “holes”. 

Holes show defective LEDs. 

Speech channels are closed. 

LED function 

To stop the test set code switch 9 to OFF. 

Test ended. 

If OSYnet is connected: System time is displayed. 

Otherwise internal clock of corridor display starts at 00:00 h. 

bauseitiger Anschluss 

on site connection 

Si * ) 

*) Steck‐Schraubklemme mit Si‐Halter (00 0224 81) Sicherung 1 AF (00 0130 24) 

*) Plug-in screw terminal with fuseholder (00 0224 81) Fuse 1 AF (00 0130 24) 

77 0150 00 

Flurdisplay Alpha 16 

Corridor Display Alpha 16 

Ip 

Ip 

OSYnet 

OSYnet 

Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de



Flurdisplay Alpha 16, doppelseitig, Best.‐Nr. 77 0160 00 

Doppeldisplay zur alphanumerischen Anzeige von Rufen und allgem. Systeminformationen. 

16 Zeichen alphanumerisch 

Automatische Anzeige als Laufschrift bei längeren Texten 

Tongeber zur Anzeige von nachgesendeten Rufen 

Lautsprecher z.B. für Durchsagen und Signaltöne 

Stromaufnahme: 600 mA (Durchschnitt) 



00 8802 44, 12/07 (Rev. 1.1) 

Corridor Display Alpha 16, double‐sided, order no. 77 0160 00 

Double display for alphanumeric indication of calls and general system information. 

16 digits, alphanumeric 

Longer texts are automatically displayed as ticker 

Tone generator for signalling forwarded calls 

Loudspeaker, e.g. for announcements or signal tones 

Supply current: 600 mA (average) 


manual. 


Das Doppeldisplay ist vorgesehen zur Montage in Fluren oder Diensträumen. 

The double display is designed for mounting in corridors or duty rooms. 

Das mitgelieferte Zubehör dient zur Deckenmontage. 

The standard accessory is used for ceiling mounting. 

785 mm 

Gesamtgewicht ca. 6 kg 

total weight approx. 6 kg 

770 mm 

570 mm 

77 0160 00 

Flurdisplay Alpha 16, doppelseitig 

Corridor Display Alpha 16, double‐sided 

Option: 

Gewinkelte Montage für bessere Lesbarkeit 

Angled mounting for better readability 

Anschlussleitung, 1800 mm 

connection cable, 1800 mm 

Rohr Länge 650 mm 

tube length 650 mm 

120 mm 


Gerade Montage 

Upright mounting 

A 

Das Seil durch die Hülse A der Öse schieben. Das 

Seil arretiert automatisch. Seil bis zur gewünschten 

Länge abschneiden. (Zum Lösen der Arretierung 

Hülse A eindrücken.) 

Slide the rope through the sleeve A of the eye. The 

rope is fixed automatically. Cut off the rope to the 

desired length. 

(For pulling out the rope press sleeve A) 

Die beiden unteren Schrauben in 

die anderen Löcher einschrauben. 

Srew the two bottom screws in 

the other holes. 

Gewinkelte Montage 

Angled mounting



Das Doppeldisplay wird direkt an den Gruppenbus OSYnet angeschlossen. Die freien 

Drahtenden der Anschlussleitung dienen zum bauseitigen Anschluss. 

Adresse einstellen (1 - 110) Setting of address (1 - 110) 

In einem der beiden Displays befindet sich hinter der seitlichen Schutzkappe ein 10‐teiliger 

Codierschalter. Zum Einstellen der Adresse dienen die Codierschalter 1 bis 7 mit den 

Werten 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. Entsprechenden Schalter auf ON stellen. 




Wenn die Adresse während des Betriebs geändert wird, muss anschließend ein Reset 

durchgeführt werden. Für den Reset Codierschalter 10 für eine Sekunde auf ON setzen. 

00 8802 44, 12/07 (Rev. 1.1) 

The double display is directly connected to the group bus OSYnet. Use the free wire ends of 

the connection cable for on site connection. 

Behind the protection cover at the side of one display there is a 10 part code switch. For setting 

the address please use the code switches 1 to 7 with the values 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. Set the 

appropriate switch to ON. 



After the address is changed while system operation a reset has to be made. For the reset set 

code switch 10 for one second to ON. 

Funktionstest Functional test 

Nach dem Anschließen des Doppeldisplays sollte ein Funktionstest durchgeführt werden. After the double display has been connected, a functional test should be carried out. 

Zum Starten des Funktionstest Codierschalter 9 “Test” auf ON setzen. 

To start the functional test set code switch 9 “test” to ON. 

Das Display durchläuft nun die im Folgenden beschriebenen Testschritte. Jeder Schritt The corridor display will run through the test steps described in the following table. Each 

dauert ca. 2 Sekunden. Sie müssen den Test zweimal durchführen, d.h. jeweils ein Display step takes approx. 2 seconds. You have to carry out the test twice, i.e. check each display 

beobachten. 

separately. 

Display zeigt: Test ok, wenn... Was wird getestet? 

Start Test 


Display Check 

0123456789abcdef 

Buzzer test 

Buzzer: low 


Buzzer: loud 

Buzzer OFF 





(Anzeige in Laufschrift) 



End of Test 

Die 3 Texte werden 

nacheinander angezeigt. 

Funktionstest startet. 

Optische Anzeige. 

Tongeber-Test startet. 

Leiser Signalton ertönt. Tongeber‐Einstellung “leise” 

Mittel-lauter Signalton ertönt. Tongeber-Einstellung “mittel” 

Lauter Signalton ertönt. Tongeber-Einstellung “laut” 

Tongeber wird ausgeschaltet. 



ist zu hören. 1) 



Klicken von Relais 


Anzeige ohne “Löcher”. 

Löcher zeigen defekte LEDs an. 


Sprechkanäle werden geschlossen. 

Funktionsfähigkeit der LEDs 

Zum Beenden des Tests den Codierschalter 9 auf OFF setzen. 

Test beendet. 

00:00 (Uhrzeit) 

Wenn OSYnet angeschlossen: Anzeige der Systemuhrzeit. 

Sonst läuft interne Uhr des Flurdisplays ab 00:00 Uhr 

1) Die Relais für die beiden Sprechkanäle befinden sich nur in einem Display. Das ist das 

Display, in dem sich auch der Codierschalter befindet. 

Anschlussleitung 

connection cable 

schwarz/black: 0 V 

blau/blue: 0 V 

rot/red: 24 V 

braun/brown: NF 1a 

weiß/white: NF 1b 

grau/grey: NF 2a 

rosa/pink: NF 2b 

gelb/yellow: DL 

grün/green: DH 

violett/violet: DG 

Display shows: Test ok, if... What is being tested? 

Start Test 


Display Check 

0123456789abcdef 

Buzzer test 

Buzzer: low 


Buzzer: loud 

Buzzer OFF 





(displayed as ticker) 



End of Test 

The 3 texts are displayed one 

after the other. 

Functional test starts. 

Buzzer test starts. 

Optical display. 

Low signal tone sounds. Buzzer setting “low” 

Medium signal tone sounds. Buzzer setting “medium” 

Loud signal tone sounds. Buzzer setting “loud” 

Buzzer is switched off. 

Low relay click can be heard. 1) 

Speech channel 1 of system 

Low relay click can be heard. 1) Speech channel 2 of system 

Relay click can be heard. 1) 

Display without “holes”. 

Holes show defective LEDs. 

Speech channels are closed. 

LED function 

To stop the test set code switch 9 to OFF. 

Test ended. 

If OSYnet is connected: System time is displayed. 

00:00 (time) 

Otherwise internal clock of corridor display starts at 00:00 h. 

1) The relays for the speech channels are only in one display. That's the display with the 

coding switch. 

*) Steck‐Schraubklemme mit Si‐Halter (00 0224 81) Sicherung 1 AF (00 0130 24) 

*) Plug-in screw terminal with fuseholder (00 0224 81) Fuse 1 AF (00 0130 24) 

1 

2 

4 

8 

16 

32 

64 

Test 

Reset 

Adresse 

Address 

Si * ) 


bauseitiger Anschluss 

on site connection 

Ip 

Ip 

OSYnet 

OSYnet 

77 0160 00 

Flurdisplay Alpha 16, doppelseitig 

Corridor Display Alpha 16, double‐sided 




Zimmerleuchte, 3-teilig, Best.‐Nr. 77 0170 00 

zur optischen Anzeige von allen Rufarten und Personalanwesenheiten. Wandmontage. 

Zimmerleuchte Alarm, WC, Best.‐Nr. 77 0170 01 

als Ergänzung zu Zimmerleuchte 77 0170 00 zur optischen Anzeige von Alarm‐ und/oder 

WC‐Rufen. Wandmontage wahlweise vor der Zimmertür neben Zimmerleuchte 77 0170 00 

zur eindeutigen Anzeige von WC‐ und/oder Alarmruf, oder Montage im Zimmer am 

WC‐Eingang, um die Richtung zum WC‐Ruf anzuzeigen. 

Zimmerleuchte, 4‐teilig, Best.‐Nr. 77 0170 10 

zur optischen Anzeige von allen Rufarten und Personalanwesenheiten sowie zusätzliche 

Anzeige für WC‐Ruf. Wandmontage 



Achtung! Die Leiterplatte und die LED ‐Module sind mit elektrostatisch gefährdeten 

Bauteilen bestückt. Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Berührung. 


1* Einbaudose 

2 Gehäuse‐Rückwand 

3* Anschlussklemme (70 0807 00) 

4 Leiterplatte mit LED‐Modulen 

00 8802 49, 08/06 (Rev. 1.0) 

5 Dekorrahmen 

6 Befestigungsschrauben 

7 Lichtkuppel mit Trenneinsatz 

* ist nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten. 

1. Gehäuse‐Rückwand 2 mit den Schrauben der Einbaudose an der Einbaudose 1 

festschrauben. Einbaurichtung beachten, siehe Markierung im Gehäuse. 

2. Angeschlossene Anschlussklemme 3 in die eingebaute Buchse der Leiterplatte 4 

stecken. 

3. Leiterplatte 4 in die Gehäuse‐Rückwand 2 einsetzen (erst oben, dann unten). Dabei die 

beiden Löcher unten in der Leiterplatte 4 auf die Arretierungsstifte der 

Gehäuse‐Rückwand 2 stecken. 

4. LED‐Module gemäß der folgenden Übersicht auf die Leiterplatte stecken. 

5. Dekorrahmen 5 mit den Befestigungsschrauben 6 auf die Gehäuse‐Rückwand 2 

schrauben. 

6. Lichtkuppel mit Trenneinsatz 7 auf den Dekorrahmen 5 drücken bis sie einrastet. 

Room lamp, 3 sections, order no. 77 0170 00 

for optical signalling of all call types and staff presences. Wall mounting. 

Room lamp code blue / cardiac alarm, WC, order no. 77 0170 01 

as complement to room lamp 77 0170 00 for optical signalling of code blue / cardiac alarm 

and/or WC calls. Wall mounting either in the corridor be-sides the room lamp 77 0170 00 

for explicit signalling of WC calls and/or code blue/cardiac alarm or it is installed besides 

the WC door in the patient room for displaying the direction to the WC call. 

Room lamp, 4 sections, order no. 77 0170 10 

for optical signalling of all call types and staff presences as well as additional display for 

WC call. Wall mounting. 


manual. 

Attention! The printed circuit board and the LED modules include electrostatic 

sensitive components. Avoid touching. 

1* Back box 

2 Pattress 

3* Connector (70 0807 00) 

4 Printed circuit board (PCB) with LED modules 

Farben der LED‐Module LED module colours 

77 0170 00 77 0170 01 77 0170 10 

rot: Rufe 

blau: Alarmruf 

rot: Rufe 

grün: Personal 1 blau: Alarmruf 

grün: Personal 1 

gelb: Personal 2 weiß: WC‐Ruf 

gelb: Personal 2 

kein LED‐Modul kein LED‐Modul weiß: WC‐Ruf 

5 Decorative frame 

6 Fixing screws 

7 Light dome with insert module 

* not included with product delivery. 

1. Fit the pattress 2 with the back box screws to the back box 1. For the correct mounting 

direction refer to the markings in the pattress. 

2. Plug the pre-connected connector 3 into the socket on the PCB 4. 

3. Put the PCB 4 into the pattress 2 (first the top, then the bottom). The two holes on the 

base of the PCB must fit onto the fixing pins of the pattress 2. 

4. Plug the LED modules onto the PCB according to the following overview. 

5. Fit the decorative frame 5 with the fixing screws 6 onto the pattress 2. 

6. Press the light dome with the insert module 7 onto the decorative frame 5 until it locks in 

place. 

77 0170 00 77 0170 01 77 0170 10 

red: calls 

blue: code blue/cardiac alarm red: calls 

green: staff 1 blue: code blue/cardiac alarm green: staff 1 

yellow: staff 2 white: WC call 

yellow: staff 2 

no LED module no LED module 

white: WC call 

Anschluss Zimmerbus (RAN) ohne Sprechen Connection of room bus (RAN) without speech 

vom RAN-Teilnehmer 

B (lack) = 0V schwarz 

Y (ellow) = RAN gelb 

R (ed) = +24 V rot 

B 

Y 

R 70 0807 00 

from RAN user 

B (lack) = 0V 

Y (ellow) = RAN 

R (ed) = +24 V 

B 

Y 

R 70 0807 00 

Bei der Einstellung der RAN‐Anzahl am ComTerminal muss beachtet werden: 

Die Zimmerleuchte, 4-teilig, Best.‐Nr. 77 0170 10, entspricht zwei 

Zimmergeräten, d.h. ihre RAN‐Anzahl beträgt nicht 1 sondern 2. 

Kanalcodierung Channel coding 

Die Zimmerleuchten können zur Bildung von Funktionseinheiten verschiedenen Kanälen 

zugeordnet werden. Die Kanalnummern werden an einer markierten Stelle auf der 

Leiterplatte (P1, P2, P3) durch Trennen (Messer) bzw. Verbinden (Löten) eingestellt. 

Werkseitig ist immer die Kanalnummer 0 eingestellt. 

Die einzustellende Kanalnummer entnehmen Sie dem entsprechenden Installationsplan. 

Beispiel Kanalnummer 6: 

P2 und P3 trennen 

= 6 

= werkseitig verbunden 

= getrennt 

= Lötpunkt 

Zum Wiederverbinden 

getrennter Leitungen 

When setting the RAN number in the ComTerminal take into account: 

Room lamp, 4 sections, order no. 77 0170 10, is equivalent to two room 

devices, i.e. its RAN number is not 1 but 2. 

If functional units are requested, the room lamps have to be assigned to different channels. 

The channel number is configured at the position marked on the PCB (P1, P2, P3) by 

breaking the links (cutter) or reconnecting (solder). The product is pre‐set on channel 0. 

For the channel number to be set please refer to the installation plan. 

Example channel number 6: 

Break links P2 and P3 

= 6 

= pre-set link 

= broken link 

Demontage Dismantling 

Lichtkuppel von oben und unten leicht zusammendrücken und dann abziehen. Compress and pull off the light dome. 

77 0170 00 

Zimmerleuchte, 3‐teilig 


77 0170 01 

Zimmerleuchte Alarm, WC 

Room lamp code blue / 

cardiac alarm, WC 

77 0170 10 

Zimmerleuchte, 4‐teilig 


1 

2 

3 

OBEN 

TOP 


4 

5 

6 

6 

7 

P1 P2 P3 

Kanalnummer 

Channel number 

= Solder point 

to reconnect a broken link 

= 0 

= 1 

= 2 

= 3 

= 4 

= 5 

= 6 

= 7 

1. 

1. 

2.



Zimmerleuchte, 3-teilig, mit Türschild, Best.‐Nr. 77 0171 00 

zur optischen Anzeige von allen Rufarten und Personalanwesenheiten. Türschild als 

Beschriftungsfeld für die Raumbezeichnung. Wandmontage. 

Zimmerleuchte, 4-teilig, mit Türschild, Best.‐Nr. 77 0171 10 

wie 77 0171 00, jedoch zusätzlich Anzeige des WC‐Rufs. 



Achtung! Die Leiterplatte und die LED‐Module sind mit elektrostatisch gefährdeten 

Bauteilen bestückt. Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Berührung. 


1* Einbaudose 




5 Dekorrahmen 

00 8802 54, 02/07 (Rev. 1.0) 



8* Namensschild (Höhe x Breite: 70 x 92 mm) 

9 Schutzabdeckung 





stecken. 






schrauben. 


7. Namenschild 8 und Schutzabdeckung 9 einlegen. 

Room lamp, 3 sections, with doorplate, order no. 77 0171 00 

for optical signalling of all call types and staff presences. Doorplate as label field for room 

designation. Wall mounting. 

Room lamp, 4 sections, with doorplate, order no. 77 0171 10 

as 77 0171 00, but additionally with display for WC call. 


manual. 

Attention! The printed circuit board and the LED modules include electrostatic 

sensitive components. Avoid touching. 

1* Back box 


2 Pattress 


3* Connector (70 0807 00) 

8* Label strip (hxw: 70 x 92 mm) 

4 Printed circuit board (PCB) with LED modules 9 Protection cover 











place. 

7. Insert the label strip 8 and the protection cover 9. 


77 0171 00 77 0171 10 

77 0171 00 77 0171 10 

rot: Rufe 

rot: Rufe 

red: calls red: calls 

grün: Personal 1 grün: Personal 1 

green: staff 1 green: staff 1 

gelb: Personal 2 gelb: Personal 2 

yellow: staff 2 yellow: staff 2 

kein LED‐Modul weiß: WC‐Ruf 

no LED module white: WC call 





R (ed) = +24 V rot 

B 

Y 

R 70 0807 00 

from RAN user 

B (lack) = 0V 


R (ed) = +24 V 

B 

Y 

R 70 0807 00 

Bei der Einstellung der RAN‐Anzahl am ComTerminal muss beachtet werden: 

Die Zimmerleuchte, 4-teilig, mit Türschild, Best.‐Nr. 77 0171 10, entspricht 

zwei Zimmergeräten, d.h. ihre RAN‐Anzahl beträgt nicht 1 sondern 2. 


Die Zimmerleuchten können zur Bildung von Funktionseinheiten verschiedenen Kanälen 

zugeordnet werden. Die Kanalnummern werden an einer markierten Stelle auf der 






= 6 


= getrennt 

= Lötpunkt 



When setting the RAN number in the ComTerminal take into account: 

Room lamp, 4 sections, with doorplate, order no. 77 0171 10, is equivalent to 

two room devices, i.e. its RAN number is not 1 but 2. 

If functional units are requested, the room lamps have to be assigned to different channels. 






= 6 


= broken link 



77 0171 00 

Zimmerleuchte, 3‐teilig, mit Türschild 

Room lamp, 3 sections, with doorplate 

77 0171 10 

Zimmerleuchte, 4‐teilig, mit Türschild 

Room lamp, 4 sections, with doorplate 

1 

2 

3 

OBEN 

TOP 


4 

5 

6 

6 

8 

9 

7 

P1 P2 P3 

Kanalnummer 




= 0 

= 1 

= 2 

= 3 

= 4 

= 5 

= 6 

= 7 

1. 

1. 

2.



Zimmerleuchte Universal, 3-teilig, Best.‐Nr. 77 0180 10 

zur optischen Anzeige von allen Rufarten und Personalanwesenheit 1 sowie zusätzliche 

Anzeige für WC‐Ruf. Wandmontage. 

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 4-teilig, Best.‐Nr. 77 0180 00 

wie 77 0180 10, jedoch zusätzlich mit Personalanwesenheit 2. 

Achtung! Die LED‐Module sind mit elektrostatisch gefährdeten Bauteilen bestückt. 

Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Berührung. 

Anschlüsse Connections 

Terminal L200 

00 8802 56, 07/08 (Rev. 1.1) 

0V 

RL 

AWL 

WCL 

COM 

L1 

L2 

L3 

L4 

LB1 

LB2 

ComTerminal 

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, order no. 77 0180 10 

for optical signalling of all call types and staff presence 1 as well as additional display for 

WC call. Wall mounting. 

Room lamp universal, 4 sections, order no. 77 0180 00 

as 77 0180 10, but additionally with staff presence 2. 

0V 

C 

S 

HS* 

WL 

Attention! The LED modules include electrostatic sensitive components. Avoid 

touching. 

System EccoLine L200, NewLine L200: System CCS: System Concento: 

*nur bei 77 0180 00 

*only for 77 0180 00 


1* Einbaudose 




5 Dekorrahmen 







stecken. 






schrauben. 


COM 

L1 

L2 

L3 

L4 

LB1 

LB2 


Anschlusspunkt 

L1 

L2 

L3 

L4 

77 0180 10 77 0180 00 

rot: Rufe 

rot: Rufe 


kein LED‐Modul gelb: Personal 2 

weiß: WC‐Ruf weiß: WC‐Ruf 


Terminal / 

Display Modul / 

RAB / 

GND 

RL 

AW 

WL 

COM 

L1 

L2 

L3 

L4 

LB1 

LB2 

1* Back box 


2 Pattress 


3* Connector (70 0807 07) 


4 Printed circuit board (PCB) with LED modules * not included with product delivery. 









place. 

Connector 

L1 

L2 

L3 

L4 


77 0180 10 

Zimmerleuchte Universal , 3‐teilig 

Room lamp Universal, 3 sections 

77 0180 00 

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 4‐teilig 

Room lamp Universal, 4 sections 

1 


2 

3 

4 

OBEN 

TOP 

5 

6 

6 

77 0180 10 77 0180 00 



no LED module yellow: staff 2 

white: WC call white: WC call 

7 

1. 

1. 

2.



Zimmerleuchte Universal, 3-teilig, mit Türschild, Best.‐Nr. 77 0181 10 

zur optischen Anzeige von allen Rufarten, Personalanwesenheit 1 und zusätzlich WC‐Ruf. 

Türschild als Beschriftungsfeld für die Raumbezeichnung. Wandmontage. 

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 4-teilig, mit Türschild, Best.‐Nr. 77 0181 00 

wie 77 0181 10, jedoch zusätzlich mit Personalanwesenheit 2. 

Achtung! Die LED‐Module sind mit elektrostatisch gefährdeten Bauteilen bestückt. 



Terminal L200 

00 8802 55, 02/07 (Rev. 1.0) 

0V 

RL 

AWL 

WCL 

COM 

L1 

L2 

L3 

L4 

LB1 

LB2 

ComTerminal 

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate, order no. 77 0181 10 

for optical signalling of all call types, staff presence 1 and additional display for WC call. 

Doorplate as label field for room designation. Wall mounting. 

Room lamp universal, 4 sections, with doorplate, order no. 77 0181 00 

as 77 0181 10, but additionally with staff presence 2. 

0V 

C 

S 

HS* 

WL 

Attention! The LED modules include electrostatic sensitive components. Avoid 

touching. 

System EccoLine L200, NewLine L200: System CCS: System Concento: 

*nur bei 77 0181 00 

*only for 77 0181 00 


1* Einbaudose 




5 Dekorrahmen 



8* Namensschild (Höhe x Breite: 70 x 92 mm) 

9 Schutzabdeckung 





stecken. 






schrauben. 


7. Namenschild 8 und Schutzabdeckung 9 einlegen. 

COM 

L1 

L2 

L3 

L4 

LB1 

LB2 


Anschlusspunkt 

L1 

L2 

L3 

L4 

77 0181 10 77 0181 00 

rot: Rufe 

rot: Rufe 


kein LED‐Modul gelb: Personal 2 

weiß: WC‐Ruf weiß: WC‐Ruf 


Terminal / 

Display Modul / 

RAB / 

GND 

RL 

AW 

WL 

COM 

L1 

L2 

L3 

L4 

LB1 

LB2 

1* Back box 


2 Pattress 


3* Connector (70 0807 07) 

8* Label strip (hxw: 70 x 92 mm) 

4 Printed circuit board (PCB) with LED modules 9 Protection cover 











place. 

7. Insert the label strip 8 and the protection cover 9. 

Connector 

L1 

L2 

L3 

L4 


77 0181 10 

Zimmerleuchte Universal , 3‐teilig, 

mit Türschild 

Room lamp Universal, 3 sections, 


77 0181 00 

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 4‐teilig, 

mit Türschild 

Room lamp Universal, 4 sections, 


1 


2 

3 

OBEN 

TOP 

4 

5 

6 

6 

8 

9 

77 0181 10 77 0181 00 



no LED module yellow: staff 2 

white: WC call white: WC call 

7 

1. 

1. 

2.

14..2 Switch programme 

70 0106 00 Pneumatic call switch 

70 0106 01 Pneumatic call switch/WC 

70 0111 00 Call switch wp 

70 0111 01 Call switch/WC wp 

70 0114 00 Code blue / Cardiac alarm switch wp 

70 0112 00 Staff presence switch wp 

70 0113 00 Cancel switch/WC wp 

70 0115 00 Pull cord call switch wp 

70 0115 01 Pull cord call switch/WC wp 

70 0117 00 Call switch/WC with cancel switch wp 

70 0118 00 Call switch with privacy switch wp 

70 0119 00 Staff presence combination with call tone wp 

70 0183 00 Cancel switch/WC with call tone wp 






Pneumatischer Ruftaster, Best.‐Nr. 70 0106 00 

Taster zur Rufauslösung durch pneumatische Betätigung. Das integrierte Beruhigungslicht 

leuchtet auf, sobald ein Ruf ausgelöst wird. Vorzugsweise hergestellt für den Wandeinbau. 

Pneumatischer Ruftaster/WC, Best.‐Nr. 70 0106 01 

Wie Bestell‐Nr. 70 0106 00, jedoch für WC‐Ruf und WC‐Notruf. 



Achtung! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gefährdeten Bauteilen bestückt. 



1* Einbaudose 

2 Klemmkralle 

3 Montagerahmen 



00 8800 22, 06/06 (Rev. 3.0) 

5 Leiterplatte (vormontiert) 

6 Tastergehäuse 

7 Luftschlauch 

8 Gummiball 

1. Angeschlossene Anschlussklemme 4 durch den Montagerahmen 3 ziehen. 

2. - Einbaudose Mauerwerk: Den Montagerahmen 3 mit der Klemmkralle 2 an der 

Einbaudose 1 befestigen (Mittenversatz!). 

- Einbaudose Hohlwand: Montagerahmen 3 an den Schraubpunkten der Einbaudose 1 

verschrauben (Mittenversatz!) 

3. Anschlussklemme 4 in die eingebaute Buchse der Leiterplatte 5 stecken. 

4. Tastergehäuse 6 über den Montagerahmen 3 drücken und einrasten lassen. 

5. Falls erforderlich: Den Luftschlauch 7 auf die gewünschte Länge kürzen und den 

Gummiball 8 wieder aufstecken. 

Pneumatic call switch, order no. 70 0106 00 

One call button with pneumatic function for call activation, complete with integrate reassurance 

lamp. Suitable for wall mounting. 

Pneumatic call switch/WC, order no. 70 0106 01 

As 70 0106 00, but for WC rooms. 


manual. 

Attention! The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive components. 

Avoid touching. 

1* Back box 

2 Fixing clamp 

3 Mounting frame 

4* Connector (70 0807 00) 


5 Printed circuit board PCB (pre‐mounted) 

6 Switch housing 

7 Air tube 

8 Rubber ball 

1. Pull the cable‐connected connector 4 through the mounting frame 3. 

2. - Back box for solid walls: Use the fixing clamp 2 to fix the mounting frame 3 to the back 

box 1 (centre offset!). 

- Back box for partition walls: Screw the mounting frame 3 to the screw points of the 

back box 1 (centre offset!). 

3. Plug the connector 4 into the socket on the PCB 5. 

4. Push and lock in the switch housing 6 onto the mounting frame 3. 

5. If necessary, shorten the air tube to length and refit the rubber ball. 





R (ed) = +24 V rot 

B 

Y 

R 

from RAN user 

B (lack) = 0V 


R (ed) = +24 V 

B 

Y 

R 


Die Ruftaster können zur Bildung von Funktionseinheiten verschiedenen Kanälen 

If functional units are requested, the switches have to be assigned to different channels. 

zugeordnet werden. 


Die Kanalnummern werden an einer markierten Stelle auf der Leiterplatte (P1, P2, P3) breaking the links (cutter) or reconnecting (solder). The product is pre‐set on channel 0. 

durch Trennen (Messer) bzw. Verbinden (Löten) eingestellt. 




Beispiel Kanal 6: 



= 6 


= Lötpunkt 




= 6 




= getrennt 

= broken link 


1. Schraubendreher an der Rastnase ansetzen und Tastergehäuse abhebeln. 

2. Schraube am Montagerahmen 3 lösen. 

3. Anschlussklemme 4 abziehen. 

1 

2 

3 

70 0106 00 

Pneumatischer Ruftaster 

Pneumatic call switch 

4 

5 

7 


8 

6 

1. Using a screw driver, prize the switch cover from above away from the mounting frame. 

2. Unscrew the mounting frame 3. 

3. Remove the connector 4. 

Einbaudose Hohlwand (17 5100 00), 

Mittenversatz: 

Back box partition wall (17 5100 00), 

Centre offset: 

1 

3 

P1 P2 P3 

Kanalnummer 


= 0 

= 1 

= 2 

= 3 

= 4 

= 5 

= 6 

= 7 

70 0106 01 

Pneumatischer Ruftaster/WC 

Pneumatic call switch/WC



Ruftaster wg, Best.‐Nr. 70 0111 00 

Zwei rote Ruftasten mit gleicher Funktion zum Auslösen von Normalrufen oder Notrufen. 

Ruftaster/WC wg, Best.‐Nr. 70 0111 01 

Zwei rote Ruftasten mit gleicher Funktion zum Auslösen von WC‐Rufen oder WC‐Notrufen. 

Alarmtaster wg, Best.‐Nr. 70 0114 00 

Zwei blaue Alarmtasten zum Auslösen von Alarmen durch das Personal. Vor der 

Alarmauslösung muss die Schutzklappe nach oben geklappt werden. 






1* Einbaudose 



00 8802 00, 06/06 (Rev. 3.0) 

4 Tastergehäuse mit Leiterplatte (vormontiert) 

5 Schutzklappe (nur Alarmtaster) 

6 Klemmkralle (bei fehlender Schraubmöglichkeit) 



2. Montagerahmen 2 an den Schraubpunkten der Einbaudose 1 verschrauben. Bei 

fehlender Schraubmöglichkeit dient die Klemmkralle 6 zur Befestigung des 

Montagerahmens. Klemmkralle nicht für Hohlwanddosen geeignet. 

3. Anschlussklemme 3 in die eingebaute Buchse der Leiterplatte im Tastergehäuse 4 

stecken. 


5. Schutzklappe 5 (nur bei Best.‐Nr. 70 0114 00) auf das Tastergehäuse setzen und an 

den oberen beiden Einkerbungen einrasten lassen. 

Call switch wp, order no. 70 0111 00 

Two red call buttons with identical function for raising normal calls or emergency calls. 

Call switch/WC wp, order no. 70 0111 01 

Two red call buttons with identical function for raising WC calls or WC emergency calls. 

Code blue/Cardiac alarm switch wp, order no. 70 0114 00 

Two blue code blue/cardiac alarm buttons with identical function for raising codes 

blue/cardiac alarms by the staff. Protection cover must be lift before pressing a button. 


manual. 



1* Back box 


3* Connector (70 0807 00) 

4 Switch housing with pre‐installed printed circuit board 

5 Protection cover (Code blue/Cardiac alarm switch only) 

6 Fixing clamp (if screw fixing is not possible) 



2. Screw the mounting frame 2 to the back box 1. If screw fixing is not possible, use the 

fixing clamp 6 to fix the mounting frame to the box. The fixing clamp cannot be used 

with back boxes for partition walls. 

3. Plug the connector 3 into the socket on the printed circuit board within the switch 

housing 4 . 


5. Fit the protection cover 5 (only relevant to order no. 70 0114 00) over the switch housing 

and lock in the upper notches . 

Anschluss Zimmernetzwerk (RAN) ohne Sprechen Connection of room area network (RAN) without speech 




R (ed) = +24 V rot 

B 

Y 

R 

from RAN user 

B (lack) = 0V 


R (ed) = +24 V 

B 

Y 

R 


Nur wenn die Bildung von Funktionseinheiten gewünscht ist, müssen die Taster 

verschiedenen Kanälen zugeordnet werden. Hierzu muss die Leiterplatte im Tastergehäuse 

4 freigelegt werden. 

Zum Freilegen der Leiterplatte die Rasthaken der Kunststoffkappe einzeln vorsichtig 

lösen. 

Die Kanalnummern werden an einer markierten Stelle auf der Leiterplatte (P1, P2, P3) 

durch Trennen (Messer) bzw. Verbinden (Löten) eingestellt. Werkseitig ist immer die 

Kanalnummer 0 eingestellt. 

Die einzustellende Kanalnummer entnehmen Sie dem Installationsplan. 



= 6 


= getrennt 

= Lötpunkt 



Only if functional units are requested, the switches have to be assigned to different 

channels. For this the printed circuit board (PCB) within the switch housing 4 must be 

exposed. 

To expose the PCB, carefully unlock each locking nose separately from the plastic 

cover. 






= 6 


= broken link 


1. Schraubendreher an einer der beiden Rastnasen ansetzen und Tastergehäuse 

abheben. 

2. Schrauben am Montagerahmen 2 lösen. 


1 

6 

70 0111 00 

Ruftaster wg 

Call switch wp 

2 

3 

4 

5 



1. Using a screw driver, prize the switch cover from above or below away from the 

mounting frame. 

2. Unscrew the mounting frame 2 . 


P1 P2 P3 

= 0 

= 1 

= 2 

= 3 

= 4 

= 5 

= 6 

= 7 

Kanalnummer 


70 0111 01 

70 0114 00 

Ruftaster/WC wg 

Alarmtaster wg 

rot / red 

Call switch/WC wp 

rot / red 

Code blue/Cardiac alarm switch wp 

blau / blue 




Anwesenheitstaster wg, Best.‐Nr. 70 0112 00 

Zwei verschiedene Anwesenheitstasten zum Ein‐ und Ausschalten der 

Personalanwesenheit von zwei verschiedenen Personalgruppen. 

Grün: Anwesenheit 1, Gelb: Anwesenheit 2 

Abstelltaster/WC wg, Best.‐Nr. 70 0113 00 

Zwei graue Abstelltasten mit gleicher Funktion zur lokalen Abstellung von WC‐Rufen oder 

WC‐Notrufen. Vorzugsweise zur Abstellung von Rufen aus WC‐Räumen, die 

Patientenzimmern zugeordnet sind. 






1* Einbaudose 



00 8802 01, 06/06 (Rev. 3.0) 









stecken. 


Staff presence switch wp, order no. 70 0112 00 

Two different presence buttons for activating and deactivating staff presence of two different 

staff groups. 

Green: Staff presence 1, Yellow: Staff presence two 

Cancel switch/WC wp, order no. 70 0113 00 

Two grey cancel buttons with identical function for locally cancelling WC calls or WC 

emergency calls. Preferably for calls from WC rooms en‐suite to a patient room. 


manual. 



1* Back box 


3* Connector (70 0807 00) 





2. Screw the mounting frame 2 to the back box 1. 

If screw fixing is not possible, use the fixing clamp 5 to fix the mounting frame to the 

box. The fixing clamp cannot be used with back boxes for partition walls. 


housing 4. 






R (ed) = +24 V rot 

B 

Y 

R 

from RAN user 

B (lack) = 0V 


R (ed) = +24 V 

B 

Y 

R 






lösen. 







= 6 


= getrennt 

= Lötpunkt 





exposed. 


cover. 






= 6 


= broken link 



abheben. 



1 

5 

70 0112 00 

Anwesenheitstaster wg 

Staff presence switch wp 

2 

3 

4 

grün / green 

gelb / yellow 








P1 P2 P3 

70 0113 00 

Abstelltaster/WC wg 

Cancel switch/WC wp 

= 0 

= 1 

= 2 

= 3 

= 4 

= 5 

= 6 

= 7 

Kanalnummer 


grau / grey



Rufzugtaster wg, Best.‐Nr. 70 0115 00 

Taster zur Rufauslösung durch Tast- oder Zugbetätigung. 

Rufzugtaster/WC wg, Best.‐Nr. 70 0115 01 

wie 70 0115 00, jedoch für WC-Rufe bzw. WC-Notrufe. 





00 8802 04, 06/06 (Rev. 3.0) 

Pull cord call switch wp, order no. 70 0115 00 

One call button as well as a pull cord for raising a call. 

Pull cord call switch/WC wp, order no. 70 0115 01 

as 70 0115 00, but for WC calls or WC emergency calls. 


manual. 



Wandmontage / Deckenmontage Wall installation / Ceiling installation 

Wandmontage: siehe Abbildung A1. 

Wall installation: Refer to figure A1. 

Deckenmontage: ACHTUNG: Die Rufschnur muss von der Zugtaster‐Haube 6 in Richtung Ceiling installation: ATTENTION: The pull cord has to be pulled away from the pull cord 

des Tastergehäuses 5 gezogen werden. Eine andere Zugrichtung verhindert die 

switch bonnet 6 into the direction of the switch housing 5. Another pull direction prevents a 

Rufauslösung (Abbildung A3). Achten Sie deshalb darauf, dass die Zugtaster‐Haube von call activation (figure A3). Therefore pay attention, that the pull cord bonnet is turned away 

der Zugrichtung (z.B. Badewanne) abgewandt ist (Abbildung A2). 

from the pull direction (eg. bathtub) (figure A2). 

Wenn eine Raumwand in der Nähe ist, richten Sie die Zugtaster‐Haube 6 in Richtung der If a room wall is near, turn the pull cord switch bonnet 6 into the direction of the wall. Then 

Wand aus. Das Tastergehäuse 5 ist dann von der Wand abgewandt. Eine problemlose 

Rufauslösung ist gewährleistet. 

the switch housing 5 is turned away from the wall. A correct call activation is guaranteed. 


1* Einbaudose 

5 Tastergehäuse mit Leiterplatte (vormontiert) 1* Back box 

5 Switch housing with pre‐installed PCB 

2 Zugtaster-Basis 

6 Zugtaster-Haube 

2 Pull cord switch base 

6 Pull cord switch bonnet 


7 Rufschnur 


7 Pull cord 

4* Anschlussklemme (70 0807 00) 8 Rufgriff * nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten. 4* Connector (70 0807 00) 8 Red cord grip * not included in product delivery. 

1. Angeschlossene Anschlussklemme 4 durch die Zugtaster‐Basis 2 und den 

1. Pull the pre‐assembled connector 4 through the pull cord switch base 2 and the 

Montagerahmen 3 ziehen. 

mounting frame 3. Take into account the correct orientation of the pull cord switch base 

Einbaurichtung von Zugtaster‐Basis und Montagerahmen beachten, siehe Abbildung B! and of the mounting frame as shown in figure B! 

2. Montagerahmen 3 auf die Zugtaster‐Basis 2 drücken. 

2. Press the mounting frame 3 onto the pull cord switch base 2. 

3. Zugtaster‐Basis 2 inkl. Montagerahmen 3 mit vier Schrauben und Dübeln an die Wand 3. Screw the pull cord switch base 2 incl. the mounting frame 3 on the wall using four 

schrauben. Eine Befestigung in der Einbaudose ist nicht ausreichend! 

screws and dowels. A fixing onto the back box is not stable enough! 

4. Anschlussklemme 4 in die eingebaute Buchse am Taster 5 stecken. 

4. Plug the connector 4 into the socket on the switch housing 5. 

5. Tastergehäuse 5 auf den Montagerahmen 3 drücken, bis es einrastet. 


Einbaurichtung beachten! Das heißt, Symbole korrekt orientieren. 

Note the orientation! I.e. place the symbols in the correct direction. 

6. Die Zugtaster‐Haube 6 von oben auf den Taster schieben, bis sie einrastet. 

6. Push and lock the pull cord switch bonnet 6 from above onto the switch. 

7. Die Rufschnur 7 auf die gewünschte Länge kürzen und im Rufgriff 8 neu verknoten. 7. If needed, shorten the cord 7 to length and fix the grip 8 by tying a knot accordingly. 




B 


Y 

R (ed) = +24 V rot 

R 

from RAN 




5 freigelegt werden. Zum Freilegen der Leiterplatte die Rasthaken der Kunststoffkappe 

einzeln vorsichtig lösen. Die Kanalnummern werden an einer markierten Stelle auf der 






= 6 


= getrennt 

= Lötpunkt 



B(lack) = 0V 

Y(ellow) = RAN 

R(ed) = +24 V 

Only if functional units are requested, the call switches have to be assigned to different chan‐ 

nels. For this the printed circuit board (PCB) within the switch housing 5 must be exposed. To 

expose the PCB, carefully unlock each locking nose separately from the plastic cover. The 

channel number is configured at the position marked on the PCB (P1, P2, P3) by breaking the 

links (cutter) or reconnecting (solder). The product is pre‐set on channel 0. 

For the channel number to be set, please refer to the appropriate installation drawing. 



= 6 


= broken link 

B 

Y 

R 




1. Zugtaster‐Haube 6 nach oben abschieben. Zum Lösen des Scharniers evtl. von unten 1. Remove up the pull cord switch bonnet 6. To release the hinges you may beat lateral 

seitlich gegen die Zugtaster‐Haube schlagen. 

from below against the pull cord switch bonnet. 

2. Tastergehäuse 5 mit Schraubendreher vom Montagerahmen 3 abhebeln. 

2. Using a screw driver, lift the switch housing 5 from the mounting frame 3. 



4. Befestigungsschrauben von Montagerahmen 3 und Zugtaster‐Basis 2 lösen. 

4. Unscrew the fixing screws from the mounting frame 3 and the pull cord switch base 2. 

5. Montagerahmen 3 von Zugtaster‐Basis 2 abheben. 

5. Lift the mounting frame 3 from the pull cord switch base 2. 

Ï 

Ï 

Ï 

Ï 

ÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏ 

6 

7 

5 

ÀÀ 

Ï ÀÀÀ ÀÀ 

ÀÀÀ 

A1 A2 

A3 

70 0115 00 

Rufzugtaster wg 

Pull cord call switch wp 

6 5 

7 

Verboten! 

Forbidden! 

70 0115 01 

Rufzugtaster/WC wg 

Pull cord call switch/WC wp 


1 

2 

6 

3 

5 

7 

4 

8 

P1 P2 P3 

0 = 

1 = 

2 = 

3 = 

4 = 

5 = 

6 = 

7 = 

Kanalnummer 

Channel number



Ruftaster/WC mit Abstelltaste wg, Best.‐Nr. 70 0117 00 

Rote Ruftaste und graue Abstelltaste zum Auslösen und Abstellen von WC-Rufen und 

WC-Notrufen. Ruftaste mit Beruhigungslicht und Findelicht. 

Ruftaster mit Privattaste wg, Best.‐Nr. 70 0118 00 

Rote Ruftaste mit Beruhigungslicht und Findelicht zur Rufauslösung. Graue Privattaste zur 

lokalen Schaltung der Mithörsperre. 






1* Einbaudose 




00 8802 02, 06/06 (Rev. 3.0) 








stecken. 


Call switch/WC with cancel switch wp, order no. 70 0117 00 

Red call button and grey cancel button for raising and cancelling WC calls and WC 

emergency calls. Call button with reassurance light and location light. 

Call switch with privacy switch, order no. 70 0118 00 

Red call button with reassurance light and location light for raising calls. Grey privacy 

button for local switching of privacy. 


manual. 



1* Back box 


3* Connector (70 0807 00) 









housing 4. 






R (ed) = +24 V rot 

B 

Y 

R 

from RAN user 

B (lack) = 0V 


R (ed) = +24 V 

B 

Y 

R 






lösen. 







= 6 


= getrennt 

= Lötpunkt 





exposed. 


cover. 






= 6 


= broken link 



abheben. 



1 

5 

70 0117 00 

Ruftaster/WC mit Abstelltaste wg 

Call switch/WC with cancel switch wp 

2 

3 

4 

rot / red 

grau / grey 








P1 P2 P3 

= 0 

= 1 

= 2 

= 3 

= 4 

= 5 

= 6 

= 7 

Kanalnummer 


70 0118 00 

Ruftaster mit Privattaste wg 

Call switch with privacy switch wp 

rot / red 

grau / grey



Anwesenheits‐Kombination mit Rufton wg, Best.‐Nr. 70 0119 00 

Grüne Anwesenheitstaste mit integriertem Erinnerungslicht zum Ein‐ und Ausschalten der 

Personalanwesenheit. Rote Ruftaste mit Beruhigungslicht und Findelicht zum Auslösen von 

Rufen. Signalgeber zur akustischen Signalisierung nachgesendeter Rufe. 

Abstelltaster/WC mit Rufton wg, Best.‐Nr. 70 0183 00 

Zwei graue Abstelltasten mit integriertem Erinnerungslicht zur lokalen Abstellung von 

WC‐Rufen und WC‐Notrufen. Signalgeber zur akustischen Signalisierung nachgesendeter 

Rufe. Vorzugsweise zur separaten Abstellung von Rufen aus WC-Räumen, die 

Patientenzimmern zugeordnet sind. 






1* Einbaudose 




00 8802 03, 06/06 (Rev. 3.0) 








stecken. 


Staff presence combination with call tone wp, order no. 70 0119 00 

Green presence button with integrated reminder light for activating and deactivating of staff 

presence. Red call button with reassurance light and location light for raising calls. Tone 

generator for acoustic signalling of forwarded calls. 

Cancel switch/WC with call tone, order no. 70 0183 00 

Two grey cancel buttons with integrated reminder light for local cancelling of WC calls and 

WC emergency calls. Tone generator for acoustic signalling of forwarded calls. Preferably 

for cancelling of calls in WC rooms en-suite to apatient rooms. 


manual. 



1* Back box 


3* Connector (70 0807 00) 









housing 4. 






R (ed) = +24 V rot 

B 

Y 

R 

from RAN user 

B (lack) = 0V 


R (ed) = +24 V 

B 

Y 

R 






lösen. 







= 6 


= getrennt 

= Lötpunkt 





exposed. 


cover. 






= 6 


= broken link 



abheben. 



1 

5 

2 

70 0119 00 

Anwesenheits-Kombination mit Rufton wg 

Staff presence combination with call tone wp 

3 


4 







P1 P2 P3 

= 0 

= 1 

= 2 

= 3 

= 4 

= 5 

= 6 

= 7 

Kanalnummer 


grün / green 70 0183 00 

Abstelltaster/WC mit Rufton wg 

rot / red grau / grey 

Cancel switch/WC with call tone wp


Appendix 



14..3 Room terminals 


74 0520 00 Terminal (without speech) 

77 0510 00 ComTerminal Flamenco 






ComTerminal, Best.‐Nr. 74 0510 00 

Universelles Kommunikationsterminal in Gegensprechtechnik inkl. rote Ruftaste, blaue 

Alarmtaste, grüne Anwesenheitstaste (AW1), gelbe Anwesenheitstaste (AW2), 

4 Funktionstasten mit situationsabhängiger Belegung, Mikrofon und Lautsprecher. 

Achtung! Bei Installation im System Flamenco müssen Sie zusätzlich die 

Installationsanleitung (Best.‐Nr. 00 8802 38) zu der Leiterplatte 

OSYlink‐ComTerminal (Best.‐Nr. 77 0805 00) befolgen. 

Hinweis! Die vollständige Installation des Systems ist im technischen Handbuch 

beschrieben. 

1* Einbaudose mit montierter 

Steckvorrichtung 

2 Terminal‐Rückwand 

3 Flachkabel 

00 8802 05, 08/06 (Rev. 3.0) 

4 Terminal‐Frontteil 

5 Scharnier 

6 Rastnase 

* ist nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten 

ComTerminal, order no. 74 0510 00 

Universal communication terminal with two-way speech communication, incl. red call 

button, blue code blue/cardiac alarm button, green presence button (staff 1), yellow 

presence button (staff 2), 4 function keys as soft keys, microphone and loudspeaker. 

Attention! For installation in Flamenco System you must also follow the 

installation instructions (order no. 00 8802 38) for the printed circuit board 

OSYlink‐ComTerminal (order nor. 77 0805 00). 


manual. 

1* Back box with mounted 

connection socket 

2 Pattress 

3 Flat cable 


1. Falls eine Schraube unten am ComTerminal eingeschraubt ist, die Schraube lösen. 

2. Mit dem Schraubendreher Rastnase 6 vorsichtig nach oben drücken, bis sich das 

Terminal-Frontteil 4 löst. 

3. Das Terminal-Frontteil mit der Hand am Scharnier 5 abhebeln und nach oben 

abnehmen. 

150 mm 

150 mm 


Beachten Sie beim Setzen der Einbaudosen den Platzbedarf 

des Terminals. Vom Mittelpunkt der Dose muss nach oben und 

unten ein Platzbedarf von mindestens 150 mm vorgesehen 

werden. 

1. Die vier Befestigungsschrauben der Steckvorrichtung ein Stück herausdrehen. 

2. Flachkabel 3 durch die Terminal‐Rückwand 2 führen und in die zugehörige Buchse auf 

der Steckvorrichtung 1 stecken. 

3. Terminal-Rückwand 2 auf die Befestigungsschrauben der Steckvorrichtung aufsetzen 

und festschrauben. 

4. Terminal-Frontteil 4 oben auf die Terminal-Rückwand 2 aufsetzen, so dass ein Scharnier 

5 entsteht. Anschließend das Terminal-Frontteil auf die Terminal-Rückwand 

herunterdrücken, bis die Rastnase 6 einrastet. 

5. Zur Sicherung kann eine Schraube (3 x 13 mm für Kunststoff) unten in die Bohrung 

eingeschraubt werden. 

Abschließend muss das ComTerminal konfiguriert werden (siehe Seite 

“Konfigurationsanleitung”) . 

4 Front panel 

5 Hinge 

6 Catch 

* not included 

1. If a screw is fitted into the base of the ComTerminal, remove it. 

2. Use a screwdriver to push the catch 6 upwards until the front panel 4 looses. 

3. Hold the front panel at the bottom and lift until it releases at the hinge 5. 

Wahlweise: Befestigung mit Dübeln Option: Fixing with dowels 

Für eine stabilere Befestigung kann das ComTerminal mit Dübeln und Schrauben befestigt 

werden. Hierzu verfügt die Terminal‐Rückwand über vier spezielle Bohrungen. 

5 

1. Schritt 

1. Step 

6 

2. Schritt 

2. Step 

1 

2 

3 

4 

74 0510 00 

ComTerminal 


When installing the back box consider the space required for 

150 

the complete terminal. Measuring from the centre of the box, 

the available space must be at least 150 mm above and below. 

150 

1. Loosen the four fixing screws of the connection socket. 

2. Insert the flat cable 3 through the pattress 2 and plug it into the appropriate socket on 

the connection socket 1. 

3. Place the pattress 2 on the connection socket and tighten the fixing screws. 

4. Place front panel 4 onto the top of the pattress 2 creating a hinge 5. Now press the front 

panel downwards onto the pattress until the catch 6 engages. 

5. For improved security a screw (3 x 13 mm for plastics) can be fitted into the hole in the 

base of the ComTerminal. 

Finally the ComTerminal has to be configured (see page “Configuration Instructions”). 

For more stable fixing the ComTerminal can be fixed with dowels and screws. For this 

purpose there are special holes in the pattress. 

5 

6 

1 

Option 

Variante 

2

Konfigurationsanleitung D Configuration Instructions GB 

ComTerminal, Best.‐Nr. 74 0510 00 

Universelles Kommunikationsterminal in Gegensprechtechnik inkl. rote Ruftaste, blaue 

Alarmtaste, grüne Anwesenheitstaste (AW1), gelbe Anwesenheitstaste (AW2), 4 

Funktionstasten mit situationsabhängiger Belegung, Mikrofon und Lautsprecher. 

1. Konfigurationsmenü starten 1. Start configuration menu 

Oberste und unterste der 4 Funktionstasten gleichzeitig so lange (5 Sek.) gedrückt 

halten, bis ”Konfiguration” im Display erscheint. Bedeutung der Symbole: 

~ = Menüpunkt auswählen 

+ = Größeren Wert einstellen 

– = Kleineren Wert einstellen 

X = Konfigurationsmenü verlassen (und Einstellungen speichern) 

2. Einstellungen vornehmen 2. Entering of settings 

Sprache einstellen 

So oft ”~” drücken, bis ”Sprache” erscheint. 

So oft ”+” oder ”–” drücken, bis gewünschte Sprache erscheint: D = Deutsch, GB = 

Englisch, E = Spanisch, F = Französisch, NL = Niederländisch, I = Italienisch 

Raumtyp einstellen 

So oft ”~” drücken, bis ”Raumtyp” erscheint. 

So oft ”+” oder ”–” drücken, bis gewünschter Raumtyp erscheint: 

- Patientenzimmer 

- Patientenzimmer mit Abstelltaste für WC-Ruf im ComTerminal 

- Dienstzimmer (Notrufe werden als Normalrufe signalisiert) 

- Kinderzimmer (Keine Privat-Taste im ComTerminal, Mithörsperre AUS) 

- Anschlussterminal (Tasten und Display im ComTerminal außer Betrieb) 

Zimmer-Adresse einstellen (01 - 63) 

So oft ”~” drücken, bis ”Adresse” erscheint. 

So oft ”+” oder ”–” drücken, bis gewünschte Adresse erscheint. 

RAN Anzahl einstellen (00 - 30) 

RAN Anzahl = Anzahl Zimmergeräte (Taster, Steckvorrichtungen, Zimmerleuchten etc.), die 

am ComTerminal über RAN angeschlossen sind (Kein Birntaster, keine PBK Hand). 

Achtung, Ausnahme! Eine 4‐teilige Zimmerleuchte (Best.‐Nr. 77 0170 10 oder 77 0171 10) 

gilt als zwei Zimmergeräte. 

So oft ”~” drücken, bis ”RAN Anzahl” erscheint. 

So oft ”+” oder ”–” drücken, bis gewünschte RAN Anzahl erscheint. 

00 8802 05, 08/06 (Rev. 3.0) 

ComTerminal, order no. 74 0510 00 



presence button (staff 2), 4 function keys as soft keys, microphone and loudspeaker. 

Press the top and bottom function keys simultaneously (5 sec.) until ”Configuration” is 

shown in the display. Symbol meanings: 

~ = Select menu item 

+ = Increase shown value 

– = Decrease shown value 

X = Exit configuration menu (and store settings) 

Selecting the user language 

Press ”~” until ”Language” is shown. 

Press ”+” or ”–” until the desired language is shown 

D = German; GB = English; E = Spanish; F = French; NL = Dutch; I = Italian 

Selecting the room type 

Press ”~” until ”Room type” is shown 

Press ”+” or ”–” until the desired room type is shown: 

- Patient room 

- Patient room with cancel key for WC call at ComTerminal 

- Staff room (emergency calls are signalled as normal calls) 

- Children's room (no ”Private'” key at ComTerminal, Privacy OFF) 

- Connection terminal (keys and display at ComTerminal non-operational) 

Setting of room address (01 - 63) 

Press ”~” until ”Address” is shown. 

Press ”+” or ”–” until the desired address is shown. 

Setting of RAN number (00 - 30) (Room Area Network) 

RAN number = Number of devices in the room (switches, connection sockets, room lamps, 

etc.) which are connected to the ComTerminal via RAN . 

(No pear push switch, no patient handset) 

Attention, exception! One room lamp with 4 sections (order no. 77 0170 10 or 77 0171 10) is 

equivalent to 2 room devices. 

Press ”~” until ”RAN number” is shown. 

Press ”+” or ”–” until the desired RAN figure is shown. 

3. Funktionstest durchführen 3. Functional test 

So oft ”~” drücken, bis ”Test CCS/Test RAN” erscheint. 

Press ”~” until ”Test CCS/Test RAN” is shown. 

Test CCS 

Test CCS 

Test, ob das ComTerminal korrekt an der Steckvorrichtung ComTerminal angeschlossen ist. Test the correct connection of the ComTerminal to connection socket ComTerminal. 

Test Starten: ”+” im Menü ”Test CCS/Test RAN” drücken. 

Test start: Press ”+” in the menu ”Test CCS/Test RAN”. 

Testergebnis wird im Display angezeigt: 

Test result will be shown on the display. 

[* ] Sternchen springt regelmäßig hin und her: Test o.k.! 

Wenn eine andere Anzeige erfolgt, ist der Test nicht o.k.: Das ComTerminal ist nicht 

[* ] Star moves to and fro regularly: Test o.k. 

If any other indication is shown: Test not o.k.: The ComTerminal is not correctly connec‐ 

korrekt an der Steckvorrichtung ComTerminal angeschlossen. 

ted to the connection socket ComTerminal. 

Test beenden: Erneut ”+” drücken. 

End of test: Press ”+” again. 

Test RAN 

Test RAN 

Test, ob Zimmergeräte funktionsbereit und korrekt am RAN angeschlossen sind. Test, ob Test if room devices are ready to operate and if they are correctly connected to the RAN. 

RAN Anzahl korrekt eingestellt ist. 

Check the correct setting of the RAN number. 

Test Starten: ”–” im Menü ”Test CCS/Test RAN” drücken. 

Test start: Press ”–” in the menu ”Test CCS/Test RAN”. 

Die LEDs aller angeschlossenen Zimmergeräte müssen blinken. (Geräte, die nicht The LEDs of all connected room devices must flash. (Non-flashing devices are wrongly 

blinken, sind falsch angeschlossen oder defekt. Defekte Geräte austauschen. Falsch connected or defective. Replace defective devices. Correct any wrong connection) 

angeschlossene Geräte korrekt anschließen) 

Compare the number of connected room devices with the RAN number on the display 

Prüfen, ob Anzahl angeschlossener Zimmergeräte mit RAN Anzahl im Display [XX] 

[XX]. If the RAN number on the display is false, correct the setting after the RAN test as 

übereinstimmt. (Falls RAN Anzahl im Display falsch, diese nach dem RAN Test wie 

described above. 

oben beschrieben einstellen) 

End of test: Press ”–” again. 

Test beenden: Erneut ”–” drücken. 

4. Konfigurationsmenü verlassen 4. Exit the configuration menu 

Wenn keine Einstellungen mehr vorgenommen werden sollen und alle Tests beendet sind, 

müssen Sie das Konfigurationsmenü verlassen. Dabei werden die Einstellungen 

gespeichert. 

”X” (= unterste Funktionstaste) drücken. 

Hinweis: Wenn drei Minuten keine Funktionstaste gedrückt wird, wird das 

Konfigurationsmenü automatisch verlassen und die Einstellungen gespeichert. 

74 0510 00 

ComTerminal 

270 mm 

When all settings are performed and all tests are finished, exit the configuration menu. 

During this procedure all settings are stored. 

Press ”X” (= bottom function key). 

Note: If for a period of three minutes no function key is pressed, the system will leave the 

configuration menu and the settings are stored. 

125 mm 


Funktionstasten 

Function keys 




Terminal, Best.‐Nr. 74 0520 00 

Universelles Terminal ohne Sprechkommunikation inkl. rote Ruftaste, blaue Alarmtaste, 

grüne Anwesenheitstaste (AW1), gelbe Anwesenheitstaste (AW2), 4 Funktionstasten mit 

situationsabhängiger Belegung. 

Achtung! Bei Installation im System Flamenco müssen Sie zusätzlich die 

Installationsanleitung (Best.‐Nr. 00 8802 38) zu der Leiterplatte 

OSYlink‐ComTerminal (Best.‐Nr. 77 0805 00) befolgen. 


beschrieben. 

1* Einbaudose mit montierter 

Steckvorrichtung 


3 Flachkabel 

00 8802 83, 04/08 (Rev. 1.0) 


5 Scharnier 

6 Rastnase 


Terminal, order no. 74 0520 00 

Universal terminal without speech communication incl. red call button, blue code 

blue/cardiac alarm button, green presence button (staff 1), yellow presence button (staff 2), 

4 function keys as soft keys. 

Attention! For installation in Flamenco System you must also follow the 

installation instructions (order no. 00 8802 38) for the printed circuit board 

OSYlink‐ComTerminal (order nor. 77 0805 00). 


manual. 

1* Back box with mounted 

connection socket 

2 Pattress 

3 Flat cable 


1. Falls eine Schraube unten am Terminal eingeschraubt ist, die Schraube lösen. 



3. Das Terminal-Frontteil mit der Hand am Scharnier 5 abhebeln und nach oben 

abnehmen. 

150 mm 

150 mm 



des Terminals. Vom Mittelpunkt der Dose muss nach oben und 

unten ein Platzbedarf von mindestens 150 mm vorgesehen 

werden. 

1. Die vier Befestigungsschrauben der Steckvorrichtung ein Stück herausdrehen. 


der Steckvorrichtung 1 stecken. 

3. Terminal-Rückwand 2 auf die Befestigungsschrauben der Steckvorrichtung aufsetzen 

und festschrauben. 


5 entsteht. Anschließend das Terminal-Frontteil auf die Terminal-Rückwand 

herunterdrücken, bis die Rastnase 6 einrastet. 



Abschließend muss das Terminal konfiguriert werden (siehe Seite 

“Konfigurationsanleitung”) . 

4 Front panel 

5 Hinge 

6 Catch 


1. If a screw is fitted into the base of the Terminal, remove it. 


3. Hold the front panel at the bottom and lift until it releases at the hinge 5. 

Wahlweise: Befestigung mit Dübeln Option: Fixing with dowels 

Für eine stabilere Befestigung kann das Terminal mit Dübeln und Schrauben befestigt 

werden. Hierzu verfügt die Terminal‐Rückwand über vier spezielle Bohrungen. 

5 

1. Schritt 

1. Step 

6 

2. Schritt 

2. Step 

1 

2 

3 

74 0520 00 

Terminal (ohne Sprechen) 

Terminal (without speech) 


4 

When installing the back box consider the space required for 

150 

the complete terminal. Measuring from the centre of the box, 

the available space must be at least 150 mm above and below. 

150 

1. Loosen the four fixing screws of the connection socket. 


the connection socket 1. 



panel downwards onto the pattress until the catch 6 engages. 


base of the Terminal. 

Finally the Terminal has to be configured (see page “Configuration Instructions”). 

For more stable fixing the Terminal can be fixed with dowels and screws. For this purpose 

there are special holes in the pattress. 

5 

6 

1 

Option 

Variante 

2


Terminal, Best.‐Nr. 74 0520 00 

Universelles Terminal ohne Sprechkommunikation nkl. rote Ruftaste, blaue Alarmtaste, 

grüne Anwesenheitstaste (AW1), gelbe Anwesenheitstaste (AW2), 4 Funktionstasten mit 

situationsabhängiger Belegung. 















So oft ”+” oder ”–” drücken, bis gewünschter Raumtyp erscheint: 


- Patientenzimmer mit Abstelltaste für WC-Ruf im Terminal 


- Kinderzimmer (bei dieser Terminal‐Variante nicht zu benutzen) 

- Anschlussterminal (Tasten und Display im Terminal außer Betrieb) 






am Terminal über RAN angeschlossen sind (Kein Birntaster, keine PBK Hand). 





00 8802 83, 04/08 (Rev. 1.0) 

Terminal, order no. 74 0520 00 

Universal terminal without speech communication incl. red call button, blue code 

blue/cardiac alarm button, green presence button (staff 1), yellow presence button (staff 2), 

4 function keys as soft keys. 













Press ”+” or ”–” until the desired room type is shown: 


- Patient room with cancel key for WC call at Terminal 


- Children's room (not to use with this terminal variant) 

- Connection terminal (keys and display at Terminal non-operational) 






etc.) which are connected to the Terminal via RAN . 

(No pear push switch, no patient handset) 

Attention, exception! One room lamp with 4 sections (order no. 77 0170 10 or 77 0171 10) is 

equivalent to 2 room devices. 



3. Funktionstest durchführen 3. Functional test 



Test CCS 

Test CCS 

Test, ob das Terminal korrekt an der Steckvorrichtung ComTerminal angeschlossen ist. Test the correct connection of the Terminal to connection socket ComTerminal. 

Test Starten: ”+” im Menü ”Test CCS/Test RAN” drücken. 

Test start: Press ”+” in the menu ”Test CCS/Test RAN”. 

Testergebnis wird im Display angezeigt: 

Test result will be shown on the display. 

[* ] Sternchen springt regelmäßig hin und her: Test o.k.! 

Wenn eine andere Anzeige erfolgt, ist der Test nicht o.k.: Das Terminal ist nicht korrekt 

[* ] Star moves to and fro regularly: Test o.k. 

If any other indication is shown: Test not o.k.: The Terminal is not correctly connected to 

an der Steckvorrichtung ComTerminal angeschlossen. 

the connection socket ComTerminal. 

Test beenden: Erneut ”+” drücken. 

End of test: Press ”+” again. 

Test RAN 

Test RAN 

Test, ob Zimmergeräte funktionsbereit und korrekt am RAN angeschlossen sind. Test, ob Test if room devices are ready to operate and if they are correctly connected to the RAN. 





Die LEDs aller angeschlossenen Zimmergeräte müssen blinken. (Geräte, die nicht The LEDs of all connected room devices must flash. (Non-flashing devices are wrongly 

blinken, sind falsch angeschlossen oder defekt. Defekte Geräte austauschen. Falsch connected or defective. Replace defective devices. Correct any wrong connection) 













gespeichert. 




270 mm 

74 0520 00 

Terminal (ohne Sprechen) 

Terminal (without speech) 






125 mm 



Function keys 




ComTerminal Flamenco, Best.‐Nr. 77 0510 00 

Universelles Kommunikationsterminal in Gegensprechtechnik inkl. roter Ruftaste, blauer 

Alarmtaste, grüner Anwesenheitstaste (AW1), gelber Anwesenheitstaste (AW2), 

4 Funktionstasten mit situationsabhängiger Belegung, Mikrofon und Lautsprecher. 

120 mm 

120 mm 



Vorsicht! Die Leiterplatte ist mit elektrostatisch gefährdeten Bauteilen bestückt. 


Vorsicht! Lassen Sie das Terminal‐Frontteil nicht auf eine harte Oberfläche fallen 

und setzen es auch nicht einem beträchtlichen Druck oder Stoß aus. Die 

Bedienfront des ComTerminals besteht aus Glas und kann brechen. 

Montage der Terminal‐Rückwand Mounting pattress 

00 8802 97, 09/09 (Rev. 1.3) 


des ComTerminals. Vom Mittelpunkt der Dose muss nach oben 

und unten ein Platzbedarf von mindestens 120 mm vorgesehen 

werden. 

1. Anschlussleitungen durch den Ausbruch in der Terminal‐Rückwand 2 führen. 

2. Terminal‐Rückwand 2 mit den Schrauben 1 der Einbaudose auf der Einbaudose 

festschrauben. Vorsicht! Die 2 Leitungen 3 zu den Lautsprechern 4 nicht abziehen. 

Hinweis! Wenn die Montage auf einer Einbaudose nicht möglich ist, kann das ComTerminal 

mit Schrauben und Dübeln an der Wand befestigt werden, wobei dieselben Bohrungen in 

der Terminal‐Rückwand benutzt werden. 

Anschließend Anschlussleitungen von Gruppenbus OSYnet und Zimmerbus RAN am 

Anschlussfeld der Terminal‐Rückwand 2 gemäß dem Anschlussplan anschließen (siehe 

Seite “Anschlüsse”). 

ComTerminal Flamenco, order no. 77 0510 00 



presence button (staff 2), 4 function keys as soft keys, microphone and loudspeakers. 

120 mm 

120 mm 

Montage des Terminal‐Frontteils Mounting front panel 

1. Flachkabel 7 des Terminal‐Frontteils 6 in die zugehörige Buchse auf der 

Terminal‐Rückwand 2 stecken. 


8 entsteht. Anschließend das Terminal-Frontteil mit leichten Druck (Glasbruchgefahr!) 

auf die Terminal-Rückwand herunterdrücken, bis die Rastnase 9 einrastet. Dabei darauf 

achten, dass das Flachkabel 7 nicht eingeklemmt wird. 

3. Zur Sicherung kann eine Sicherungsschraube 10 unten in die Bohrung unterhalb der 

gelben Anwesenheitstaste eingeschraubt werden. 

Abschließend muss das ComTerminal konfiguriert werden (siehe S. “Konfigurationsanleitung”). 


1. Falls eine Sicherungsschraube 10 unten am ComTerminal eingeschraubt ist, die 

Schraube lösen. 



3. Das Terminal-Frontteil 6 nach unten abnehmen. 

4. Stecker des Flachkabels 7 von Terminal‐Rückwand 2 abziehen. 

5. Terminal‐Frontteil 6 geschützt ablegen. Vorsicht: Elektrostatisch gefährdete Bauteile! 

Vorsicht: Glas! 

1 

1* Vier Schrauben der Einbaudose 


3 Zwei Anschlussleitungen 

zu den Lautsprechern 

4 Zwei Lautsprecher 

5* Einbaudose 

4 

3 

2 


7 Flachkabel 

8 Scharnier 

9 Rastnase 

10 Sicherungsschraube (optional) 


5 

77 0510 00 

ComTerminal Flamenco ® 


9 


manual. 

Caution! The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive components. 


Caution! The operating front cover of the ComTerminal is made of glass. Handle 

with care! The glass could break if it is dropped on a hard surface or receives a 

substantial impact. 

When installing the back box consider the space required for the 

complete ComTerminal. Measuring from the centre of the box, the 

available space must be at least 120 mm above and below. 

1. Insert the connection cables through the outlet in the pattress 2. 

2. Fix the pattress 2 using the back box screws 1 to the back box. Caution! Do not 

disconnect the wire connections 3 to the loudspeakers 4. 

Note! If mounting on a back box is not possible, the ComTerminal may be fixed to the wall 

with dowels and screws using the same holes in the pattress. 

Afterwards the connection cables to the group bus OSYnet and to the room bus RAN have 

to be connected to the connection field in the pattress 2 according to the connection plan 

(see page “Connections”). 

1. Plug the flat cable 7 of the front panel 6 into the appropriate socket on the connection 

field in the pattress 2. 


panel downwards onto the pattress with low pressing power (glass!) until the catch 9 

engages. Make sure that the flat cable 7 is not pinched. 

3. For improved security a security screw 10 can be fitted into the hole below the yellow 

presence button. 

Finally the ComTerminal has to be configured (see page “Configuration Instructions”). 

1. If a security screw 10 is fitted into the base of the ComTerminal, remove it. 


3. Remove the front panel 6. 

4. Disconnect the flat cable 7 from the pattress 2. 

5. Lay down the front panel 6 protected. Caution: Electrostatic sensitive components! 

Caution: Glass! 

1* Four back box screws 

2 Pattress 

3 Two connections to the two loudspeakers 

4 Two loudspeakers 

5* Back box 

205 mm 

110 mm 

7 

8 


Function keys 

2 

6 

10 

8 

9 

6 Front panel 

7 Flat cable 

8 Hinge 

9 Catch 

10 Security screw (option) 


2


ComTerminal Flamenco, Best.‐Nr. 77 0510 00 

Wichtige Hinweise 

Leiterquerschnitte: 0,2 ‐ 2,5 mm 2 

Alle Leitungen für die Sprachübertragung (geschirmte Leitungen) dürfen maximal 30 mm 

abgemantelt werden, damit die Schirmfunktion erhalten bleibt. 

Zur Vermeidung von Kurzschlüssen den Beidraht (SCH‐B) isolieren. 

Schraubendreherklinge: 0,6 x 3,5 mm 

Abisolierlänge der Drähte: 6 mm 

Bei kleinen Leitungsquerschnitten mehrere Leiter pro Klemme möglich. 

Gruppenbus (OSYnet) Zimmerbus (RAN) 

Power 

Spannungsversorgung 

Kabel: NYM 2x2,5 mm 2 

Zimmerbus (RAN) 

mit Sprechen 

(max. 2 Anschlüsse) 

Kabel: CCS32‐Kabel 

00 8802 97, 09/09 (Rev. 1.3) 

+24 V 

0 V 

Zimmerbus (RAN) +24 V - Si 

mit Sprechen 


Kabel: 2x IY(ST)Y 2x2x0,8 

RAN 

0V 

0V 

RAN 

LS 

MIC 

SCH B 


ohne Sprechen 

+24 V - Si 

(max. 4 Anschlüsse) RAN 

Kabel: IY(ST)Y 2x2x0,8 

0V 

Gruppenbus OSYnet 

Kabel: CAT5‐Kabel 



77 0510 00 

ComTerminal Flamenco ® 

LS 

MIC 

SCH B 

+24 V - Si 

D‐L 

D‐H 

D‐G 

NF 1a 

NF 1b 

NF 2a 

NF 2b 

D‐L 

D‐H 

D‐G 

NF 1a 

NF 1b 

NF 2a 

NF 2b 

}{ 

rt 

ge 

sw 

ws 

ge 

ws 

sw 

rt 

br 

sw 

gr 

ws 

bl 

rt 

ge 

sw 

ws 

ws-bl 

bl 

ws-gn 

gn 

br 

ws-br 

or 

ws-or 

vom letzten Zimmer oder 

zum nächsten Zimmer 

zur Steckvorrichtung 

Kombi oder Kombi Kanal 




vom vorigen Zimmer 

oder zum nächsten Zimmer 

ComTerminal Flamenco, order no. 77 0510 00 

Important notes 

Wire cross‐sections: 0.2 - 2.5 mm 2 

All cables for speech transmission (shielded cables) may be only be stripped to a maxi‐ 

mum of 30 mm to maintain the shielding function. 

Insulate the shield wire (SCH‐B) to prevent short circuiting. 

Screwdriver blade: 0.6 x 3.5 mm 

Strip wire to 6 mm. 

For smaller wire cross sections more than one wire may be inserted in one connection 

terminal. 

Power supply 

Cable: NYM 2x2.5 mm 2 

Room bus (RAN) 

with speech 

(max. 2 connections) 

Cable: 2x IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 


with speech 


Cable: CCS32‐Kabel 


without speech 


Cable: IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 

Group bus (OSYnet) 

Cable: CAT5 cable 

+24 V - Si 

RAN 

0V 

LS 

MIC 

SCH B 

+24 V - Si 

0V 

RAN 

LS 

MIC 

SCH B 

+24 V 

+24 V - Si 

RAN 

0V 

D‐L 

D‐H 

NF 1a 

NF 1b 

NF 2a 

NF 2b 

rt 

bl 

gn 



D‐L 

D‐H 

ws 



D‐G 

br 

NF 1a 

ws 

NF 1b 

ge 

NF 2a 

ws NF 2b 

Anschlussfeld (Schraubklemmen) 

Connection field (screw clamps) 

Room bus (RAN) Power 


Spannungs‐ 

versorgung 

Power supply 

Gruppenbus 

Group bus 

OSYnet 

Zimmerbus 

Room bus 

RAN 


Lautsprecher‐Anschluss 

Connection to 

loudspeakers 

Nicht benutzen! 

Don't use! 

D‐G 

0 V 

}{ 

brown 

black 

grey 

white 

blue 

shield 

red 

yellow 

black 

white 

white-blue 

blue 

white-green 

green 

brown 

white-brown 

orange 

white-orange 

red 

blue 

green 

white 

brown 

white 

yellow 

white 

red 

yellow 

black 

white 

yellow 

white 

black 

red 

from previous room 

or to next room 

to connection socket 

combi or 

combi, bedhead unit 


combi or 


from RAN user 







Konfigurationsanleitung - Seite 1 D Configuration Instructions - Page 1 GB 

ComTerminal Flamenco, Best.‐Nr. 77 0510 00 ComTerminal Flamenco, order no. 77 0510 00 


Funktionstaste ganz links und Funktionstaste ganz rechts gleichzeitig so lange (3 Sek.) 

gedrückt halten, bis das Konfigurationsmenü im Display erscheint. 

Symbole im Konfigurationsmenü: 

= Kreistaste = Markierten Menüpunkt einstellen (und speichern) 

= Pfeiltaste nach oben = In der Liste nach oben wandern 

= Pfeiltaste nach unten = In der Liste nach unten wandern 

= Haustaste = Abbrechen, d.h. zur höheren Menüebene 

zurückkehren ohne zu speichern. 

00 8802 97, 09/09 (Rev. 1.3) 


Menüpunkt Bedeutung 

Sprache Sprache der Displaytexte einstellen, z.B. Deutsch oder Englisch. 

Raumtyp Raumtyp einstellen, z.B. Patientenzimmer. 

RAN RAN Anzahl: Anzahl Zimmergeräte (= RAN Anzahl) einstellen. 

Test RAN: Test, ob Zimmergeräte funktionsbereit sind und korrekt am RAN 

angeschlossen sind. 

Status: Prüfung, ob eingestellte RAN Anzahl mit Anzahl funktionsbereiter 

Zimmergeräte übereinstimmt. 

Adresse Zimmer‐Adresse einstellen (1 bis 110 einstellbar) 

Reinigungszeit Sekunden einstellen, die benötigt werden um die Front des ComTerminals 

abzuwischen 

Kontrast Kontrast des ComTerminal‐Displays auf hoch oder niedrig einstellen 

Tastenton Ton bei Drücken der Tasten am ComTerminal ein‐ oder ausschalten 

Info Version der Software im ComTerminal anzeigen lassen. 

Audio Test Menüpunkt nur zur Verwendung durch Tunstall‐Techniker 

Tastenfunktion Funktion der Alarmtaste und der Anwesenheitstasten am ComTerminal 

ein‐ oder ausschalten (Ein = Standardeinstellung) 

Reset Verwendung nur durch Tunstall‐Techniker. (ComTerminal neu starten) 

Press the left and right function keys simultaneously (3 sec.) until the configuration 

menu is shown in the display. 

Function keys 

Symbols in the configuration menu: 

= Circle key = Set (and store) marked menu item 

= Upwards arrow key = Scroll upwards through the list 

= Downwards arrow key = Scroll downwards through the list 

= Home key = Cancel, go back to the higher menu level 

without storing 

Menu Item Meaning 

Language Selecting the user language (e.g. English or German). 

Room type Selecting the room type (e.g. Patient room). 

RAN RAN number: Setting of number of room devices (= RAN number). 

Test RAN: Test if room devices are ready to operate and if they are 

correctly connected to the RAN. 

Status: Check whether the stored RAN number is equal to the number 

of operational room devices. 

Address Setting of room address (1 until 110 available) 

Cleaning time Setting the time (seconds) how long it takes to clean (wipe) the front 

of the ComTerminal 

Contrast Setting the display contrast to “high” or “low”. 

Key sound Switching the key sound on or off (on = recommended) 

Info Displaying the ComTerminal's software version. 

Audio Test Function use only for Tunstall technicians. 

Key Function Switching on or of the function of Alarm Key, Presence Key 1 and 

Presence Key 2 (On = standard setting). 

Reset Function use only for Tunstall technicians. (Restart the ComTerminal) 

2. Zwingend erforderliche Einstellungen 2. Entering of necessary settings 

Sprache einstellen (wenn Menüpunkt vorhanden) 

Mit den Pfeiltasten “Sprache” markieren; dann Kreistaste drücken. 

Mit den Pfeiltasten gewünschte Sprache markieren: D = Deutsch, GB = Englisch, E = 

Spanisch, F = Französisch, NL = Niederländisch, I = Italienisch. “Selbstdefiniert” = eine 

weitere Sprache, wenn diese mit der SystemOrganizer‐Software hinterlegt wurde. 

Kreistaste drücken, um markierte Sprache zu speichern. 


Mit den Pfeiltasten “Raumtyp” markieren; dann Kreistaste drücken. 

Mit den Pfeiltasten gewünschten Raumtyp markieren: 


- Patientenzimmer mit Abstelltaste für WC-Ruf im ComTerminal 


- Kinderzimmer (Keine Taste zum Einschalten der Mithörsperre im ComTerminal, 

Mithörsperre AUS) 

- Anschlussterminal (Tasten und Display im ComTerminal außer Betrieb) 

Kreistaste drücken, um markierten Raumtyp zu speichern. 



am ComTerminal über RAN angeschlossen sind (Kein Birntaster, keine PBK Hand). 



Mit den Pfeiltasten “RAN” markieren; dann Kreistaste drücken. 

Mit den Pfeiltasten “RAN Anzahl” markieren; dann Kreistaste drücken. 

Mit den Pfeiltasten RAN‐Anzahl des Zimmers markieren. 

Kreistaste drücken, um die markierte RAN‐Anzahl zu speichern. 


Mit den Pfeiltasten “Adresse” markieren; dann Kreistaste drücken. 

Mit den Pfeiltasten gewünschte Adresse markieren. 

Kreistaste drücken, um die markierte Adresse zu speichern. 

Selecting the user language (if the menu item is available) 

Mark ”Language” using the arrow keys. Then press the circle key. 

Mark the desired language using the arrow keys: D = German; GB = English; E = Spa‐ 

nish; F = French; NL = Dutch; I = Italian. “Custom” = another language, if this is stored 

using the SystemOrganizer software. 

Press the circle key to store the marked language. 


Mark “Room type” using the arrow keys. Then press the circle key. 

Mark the desired room type using the arrow keys: 


- Patient room with cancel key for WC call at ComTerminal 


- Children's room (no key to switch the privacy function at ComTerminal, Privacy OFF) 

- Connection terminal (keys and display at ComTerminal non-operational) 

Press the circle key to store the marked room type. 



etc.) which are connected to the ComTerminal via RAN. (No pear push switch, no patient 

handset). Attention, exception! One room lamp with 4 sections (order no. 77 0170 10 or 77 

0171 10) is equivalent to two room devices. 

Mark “RAN” using the arrow keys. Then press the circle key. 

Mark “RAN number” using the arrow keys. Then press the circle key. 

Mark the desired room number for the room using the arrow keys. 

Press the circle key to store the marked address. 


Mark “Address” using the arrow keys. Then press the circle key. 

Mark the desired room address using the arrow keys. 


2. Optionale Einstellungen (Teil 1) bei Bedarf vornehmen 2. Entering of optional settings (section 1) 

Reinigungszeit einstellen (10 – 30 Sekunden) 

Die Reinigungszeit legt fest, wie lange die Tasten des ComTerminals außer Funktion sind, 

nachdem die Taste Clean gedrückt wurde (Zeit zum Abwischen der Bedienfront). 

Mit den Pfeiltasten “Reinigungszeit” markieren; dann Kreistaste drücken. 

Mit den Pfeiltasten gewünschte Reinigungszeit (in Sekunden) markieren. 

Kreistaste drücken, um markierte Reinigungszeit zu speichern. 

Kontrast des ComTerminal‐Displays einstellen (hoch, niedrig) 

Je nach Umgebungslicht ist die Einstellung “hoch” oder “niedrig” besser lesbar. 

Mit den Pfeiltasten “Kontrast” markieren; dann Kreistaste drücken. 

Mit den Pfeiltasten “hoch” oder “niedrig” markieren. 

Kreistaste drücken, um markierten Kontrast zu speichern. 

Tastenton ausschalten / einschalten 

Auf Wunsch kann der Tastenton der ComTerminal‐Tasten ausgeschaltet werden. Die 

Einstellung “Tastenton Ein” wird jedoch empfohlen. 

Mit den Pfeiltasten “Tastenton” markieren; dann Kreistaste drücken. 

Mit den Pfeiltasten “Ein” oder “Aus” markieren. 

Kreistaste drücken, um die markierte Auswahl zu speichern. 


Setting of cleaning time (10 – 30 seconds) 

The cleaning time defines how long the ComTerminal keys are not operational after the 

Clean key has been pressed (time for wiping the front). 

Mark “Cleaning time” using the arrow keys. Then press the circle key. 

Mark the desired cleaning time using the arrow keys. 

Press the circle key to store the marked cleaning time. 

Setting of display contrast (high, low) 

Depending on the ambient light a high or low display contrast is better legible. 

Mark “Contrast” using the arrow keys. Then press the circle key. 

Mark “high” or “low” using the arrow keys. 

Press the circle key to store the marked selection. 

Switching the key sound off or on 

If required the ComTerminal key sound can be switched off. But the setting “Key sound On” 

is recommended. 

Mark “Key Sound” using the arrow keys. Then press the circle key. 

Mark “On” or “Off” using the arrow keys. 

Press the circle key to store the marked selection.

Konfigurationsanleitung - Seite 2 D Configuration Instructions - Page 2 GB 

ComTerminal Flamenco, Best.‐Nr. 77 0510 00 ComTerminal Flamenco, order no. 77 0510 00 

2. Optionale Einstellungen (Teil 2) bei Bedarf vornehmen 2. Entering of optional settings (section 2) 

Softwareversion anzeigen lassen 

Displaying the software version 

Mit den Pfeiltasten “Info” markieren; dann Kreistaste drücken. 

Mark “Info” using the arrow keys. Then press the circle key. 

Softwareversion des ComTerminals wird angezeigt. 

The ComTerminal's software version is displayed. 

Haustaste drücken um zum Menü zurückzukehren. 

Press the home key to return to the menu. 

Tastenfunktion ausschalten / einschalten 

In der Werkseinstellung des ComTerminal sind die Alarmtaste und beide AW‐Tasten (AW = 

Anwesenheit) funktionsbereit. In begründeten Ausnahmefällen ist es möglich die 

Tastenfunktion von diesen Tasten auszuschalten. 

AW‐Taste 2 (gelb) 

00 8802 97, 09/09 (Rev. 1.3) 

Alarmtaste (blaues Symbol) 

AW‐Taste 1 (grün) 

Mit den Pfeiltasten “Tastenfunktion” markieren; dann Kreistaste drücken. 

Mit den Pfeiltasten gewünschte Taste (Alarmtaste oder AW‐Taste) markieren; 

dann Kreistaste drücken. 

Mit den Pfeiltasten “Ein” oder “Aus” markieren. 

Kreistaste drücken, um die markierte Auswahl zu speichern. 

Achtung! Ausgeschaltete Tasten sind im Pflegebetrieb nicht verfügbar! 

Switching on or of the key function 

With the factory settings the alarm key and both presence keys are operational. In 

well‐founded exceptional cases you can switch of the key function for these keys. 

Presence Key 2 (yellow) 

3. Zimmerbus RAN prüfen 3. Checking room bus RAN 

Status 

Prüfung, ob eingestellte RAN Anzahl (siehe oben “RAN Anzahl einstellen”) mit Anzahl 

funktionsbereiter Zimmergeräte übereinstimmt. 


Mit den Pfeiltasten “Status” markieren; dann Kreistaste drücken. 

Anzeige: OK: ComTerminal hat gemeldet, dass eingestellte RAN Anzahl gleich Anzahl 

funktionsbereiter Zimmergeräte ist. 

Anzeige: Fehler: ComTerminal hat gemeldet, dass eingestellte RAN Anzahl nicht gleich 

Anzahl funktionsbereiter Zimmergeräte ist. 

Zum Verlassen der Anzeige Haustaste drücken. Bei Fehler “Test RAN” durchführen. 

Test RAN 

Test, ob Zimmergeräte funktionsbereit und korrekt am RAN angeschlossen sind. 


Test Starten: Mit den Pfeiltasten “Test RAN” markieren; dann Kreistaste drücken. 

Die LEDs aller angeschlossenen Zimmergeräte müssen blinken. (Geräte, die nicht 

blinken, sind falsch angeschlossen oder defekt. Defekte Geräte austauschen. Falsch 


Prüfen, ob Anzahl angeschlossener Zimmergeräte gleich der eingestellten RAN Anzahl 

ist. Falls eingestellte RAN‐Anzahl falsch ist, diese nach dem RAN Test wie oben be‐ 

schrieben einstellen. 

Test beenden: Haustaste drücken. 

Alarm Key (blue symbol) 

Presence Key 1 (green) 

Mark “Key Function” using the arrow keys. Then press the circle key. 

Mark the desired key (alarm key or presence key) using the arrow keys. Then 

press the circle key. 

Mark “On” or “Off” using the arrow keys. 


Attention! Switched off keys are not available for nursing staff! 



müssen Sie das Konfigurationsmenü verlassen. 

Haustaste so oft drücken, bis die normale Betriebsanzeige angezeigt wird. 


Konfigurationsmenü automatisch verlassen. 


Status 

Check whether the stored RAN number (see above “Setting of RAN number”) is equal to the 

number of operational room devices. 


Mark “Status” using the arrow keys. Then press the circle key. 

Display: OK: ComTerminal has reported: Stored RAN number is equal to the number of 

operational room devices. 

Display: Error: ComTerminal has reported: Stored RAN number is not equal to the 

number of operational room devices. 

Press the home key to end. In case of an error carry out “Test RAN”. 

Test RAN 

Test if room devices are ready to operate and if they are correctly connected to the RAN. 



Test start: Mark “Test RAN” using the arrow keys. Then press the circle key. 

The LEDs of all connected room devices must flash. (Non-flashing devices are wrongly 

connected or defective. Replace defective devices. Correct any wrong connection) 

Compare the number of connected room devices with the stored RAN number. If the 

stored RAN number is not equal to the number of connected room devices, correct the 

RAN number setting after the RAN test as described above. 

End of test: Press the home key. 



Press home key until normal operation display appears. 


configuration menu. 



Appendix 



14..4 Connection sockets 

70 0171 03 Connection socket with call switch 

70 0424 00 Connection socket combi 

70 0434 00 Connection socket combi bedhead unit 


74 0452 30 Connection socket ComStation 






Steckvorrichtung mit Ruftaste, Best.‐Nr. 70 0171 03 

Steckvorrichtung mit zwei 8‐poligen Steckbuchsen zum Anschluss von Rufgeräten, wie z.B. 

Birntastern oder medizinischen Überwachungsgeräten. Der Anschluss für ein drittes 

Rufgerät (externer Ruftaster) erfolgt von der Rückseite mit einer speziellen 

Anschlussleitung. 






1* Einbaudose 


3 Montagerahmen mit Leiterplatte (vormontiert) 


00 8800 79, 06/06 (Rev. 4.0) 

4 Abdeckung 

5 Klemmkralle (bei fehlender 

Schaubmöglichkeit) 

1. Anschlussklemme 2 in die eingebaute Buchse (grün) der Leiterplatte 3 stecken. 

2. Wenn gewünscht: Klemme der Anschlussleitung (50 0308 02) für das externe Rufgerät 

in die eingebaute Buchse (schwarz) auf der Leiterplatte 3 stecken. 




4. Abdeckung 4 über den Montagerahmen 3 drücken und einrasten lassen. 

Connection socket with call switch, order no. 70 0171 03 

Connection socket with two 8pole jacks for connection of call devices like pear push 

switches or medical monitoring devices. The connection for a third call device (external call 

switch) is made on the back side with a special connection cable. 


manual. 



1* Back box 

2* Connector (70 0807 01) 

3 Mounting frame with 

printed circuit board (pre‐mounted) 


Zum Anschluss als externe Rufgeräte dürfen nur Öffner‐Kontakte verwendet werden. Der 

Anschluss erfolgt über die Anschlussleitung, Best.Nr. 50 0308 02 (Länge: 50 cm). 

Die maximale Leitungslänge für den externen Rufanschluss beträgt 2,5 m. 

Bettennummer zuordnen Assigning the bed number 

Über den Programmierschalter 1, 2 und 3 der Leiterplatte kann die entsprechende 

Bettennummer eingestellt werden. 

*1 Achtung: Diagnostikruf nur in Verbindung mit eingestellter Bettennummer. 

Bei Bettennummer 6 kann kein Diagnostikruf verwendet werden. 


1. Schraubendreher an einer der beiden Rastnasen ansetzen und Abdeckung abheben. 



1 

2 

Buchsen 

jacks 

3 Rückseite 

back side 

3 

50 0308 02 

4 

5 

externes Rufgerät 

external call device 

RAN + Licht 

RAN & light 

70 0171 03 

Steckvorrichtung mit Ruftaste 



4 Cover 

5 Fixing clamp (if screw fixing is 

not possible) 

* not included in delivery. 

1. Plug the connector 2 into the green socket on the printed circuit board 3. 

2. If required: Plug the terminal of the connection cable (50 0308 02) for the external call 

device into the black socket on the printed circuit board 3. 

3. Fix the mounting frame 3 using the screwpoints of the back box 1. If screw fixing is not 

possible, use the fixing clamp 5 to fix the mounting frame to the box. The fixing clamp 

cannot be used with back boxes for partition walls. 

4. Fit the cover 4 over the mounting frame 3 and lock it. 

As external call devices only normally-closed contacts may be used. The external call 

device is connected via the special connection cable, order no. 50 0308 02 (length: 50 cm). 

The maximum cable length for the external call device is 2.5 m. 

The corresponding bed number can be specified by means of the coding switches 1, 2 and 3 

of the printed circuit board. 

*1 Attention: Diagnostic call only in combination with programmed bed number. 

With bed number 6 no diagnostic call can be used. 

1. Place the screwdriver in one of the two notches and take off the cover. 

2. Remove the screws at the mounting frame 3. 


B(lack) = 0V schwarz 

vom RAN‐Teilnehmer 

Y(ellow) = RAN gelb 

from RAN user 

R(ed) = +24 V rot 

Lichtanschaltung / Light control L (ight) = Licht weiß 

B(lack) = 0V schwarz 

Impulsdauer / pulse duration 

150 ms, 24 V DC,max. 200 mA 

Anschluss externes Rufgerät: 

Connection external call device: 

Beruhigungslicht / reassurance light 

P3 P2 P1 PG NC 

ON 

+24V 

0V 

Rufeingang / call input 

1 2 3 4 5 

Werkseitige Einstellung 

PG = nicht verändern 

NC = nicht verwendet 

Factory setting 

PG = do not change 

NC = not used 

B 

Y 

R 

L 

= Bett / bed 1 





2 

= Bett / bed 6 *1



Steckvorrichtung Kombi, Best.‐Nr. 70 0424 00 

Kombinierte Steckvorrichtung mit zwei unterschiedlichen Steckbuchsen zum Anschluss 

von Bedien- und Rufgeräten. Vorgesehen zur Übertragung von Rufen, ELA-Programmen 

und zur Steuerung von 2 Relais zur Lichtschaltung. Vorzugsweise hergestellt für den 

Wandeinbau. 






1. Buchsenelement 1 in die Einbaudose stecken. 

2. Montagerahmen 2 zusammen mit dem Buchsenelement auf die Einbaudose schrauben. 

3. Beide Stecker 3 mit den Steckbuchsen verbinden (Stecker A in Buchse A, Stecker B in 

Buchse B). 

4. Abdeckplatte 4 auf den Montagerahmen 2 drücken. 


Verwendbare Leitungsquerschnitte: 0,55 - 1 mm Ø. 

Abgeschirmte Leitungen für LS, MIC bis auf max. 30 mm absetzen! 

Zur Vermeidung von Kurzschlüssen den Beidraht (SCH) isolieren. 

Nur einen Schaltdraht pro Klemme einstecken. 

Handhabung der Klemmen mit lötfreier Anschlusstechnik nach dem Steckklemmprinzip: 

1. Leiter 8 mm abisolieren. 

2. Abisolierten Leiter bis zum Anschlag in die Klemme stecken. 

3. Zum Lösen des Leiters einen Schraubendreher mit einer Klinge 2,5 x 0,4 mm oder 3,5 x 

0,5 mm in die Öffnung stecken und den Leiter herausziehen. 

Hinweis! Zum Anschluss des Schirmdrahts Schraubendreher in die Öffnung stecken und 

Federkontakt mit dem Schraubendreher geöffnet halten, während Sie die Schirmleitung 

einführen. Anschließend korrekte Kontaktbelegung prüfen durch Ziehen an der Leitung. 

TV 

In Verbindung mit der Anschaltung eines TV‐Geräts ist die Bedienung und der zur 

Verfügung stehende Funktionsumfang unterschiedlich und abhängig von dem verwendeten 

TV‐Gerät sowie der integrierten Steuerung. Genaue Einzelheiten der Anschaltung und der 

Funktionen sollten vor der Installation mit dem Auftraggeber geklärt werden. 

00 8800 74, 06/06 (Rev. 2.0) 

Connection socket combi, order no. 70 0424 00 

A combined connection socket with two different sockets for connection of patient units and 

call devices. Designed for transmission of calls, entertainment programmes and control of two 

relays for light switching. Suitable for wall mounting. 


manual. 



1. Fit the socket 1 into the back box. 

2. Screw the mounting frame 2 together with the socket onto the back box. 

3. Connect both plugs 3 with the sockets (A in A, B in B). 

4. Push the cover 4 onto the mounting frame 2. 

Useable wire gauges: 0.55 - 1 mm Ø 

Shielded wires for LS, MIC: Strip to max. 30 mm! 

Insulate the guide wire (SCH) to prevent short circuiting. 

Connect only one wire per terminal. 

Handling of terminals with solderless connection technique: 

1. Strip the wire (8 mm). 

2. Insert the stripped wire into the terminal until it stops. 

3. For detaching the wire insert a screw driver with a tip of 2.5 x 0.4 mm or 3.5 x 0.5 mm 

into the opening and pull out the wire. 

Note! For connecting the shield wire, use the screw driver to hold the spring contact open, 

while you are inserting the shield wire. Afterwards check for a firm wire contact by pulling at 

the wire. 

TV 

The available TV functions depend on the TV set in use. 

Before the final installation, technicians shall check with the ordering party for the project to 

clarify the details regarding the connection and the functions. 

Bettennummer und TV‐Option einstellen Setting bed number and TV option 

Bettennummer 1 bis 6 einstellen: Mit den Schaltern P3, P2, P1 wie in der Tabelle 

abgebildet einstellen. Beispiel.: Bettenummer 1 = P3 off, P2 off, P1 on . 

TV auf ON: Hörfunkbetrieb über Tuner im TV-System. 

TV auf OFF: Hörfunkbetrieb über ELA 

PG‐Schalter nicht verändern. 

*1 Achtung: Bei Bettennummer 6 kann kein Diagnostik-Ruf verwendet werden. 

4 

A 

3 

B 

2 

1 

P3 P2 P1 

1 off off on 

2 off on off 

3 off on on 

4 on off off 

5 on off on 

6 on on off 

*1 

70 0424 00 

Steckvorrichtung Kombi 



Setting of bed numbers 1 to 6: Use switches P3, P2, P1 as shown in the table. 

Example: Bed number 1 = P3 OFF, P2 OFF, P1 ON 

TV to ON: Radio sound via tuner in TV system. 

TV to OFF: Radio sound via Entertainment (ELA). 

PG switches: Do not change. 

*1 Attention: With bed number 6 diagnostic call is not possible. 

ON 

OFF 

Obere oder rechte Seite 

top or right side 

A B 

1b 

1a 

2b 

2a 

3b 

3a 

4b 

4a 

5b 

5a 

10 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

1 2 3 4 5 

P3 P2 P1 PG TV 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

Schirmleitung 

shield wire 

Schraubendreher 

screw driver

ELA 


TV 

Licht 








TV‐Ton zum Bett 

00 8800 74, 06/06 (Rev. 2.0) 

ELA1a 

ELA1b 

ELA2a 

ELA2b 

ELA3a 

ELA3b 

ELA4a 

ELA4b 

ELA5a 

ELA5b 

24V 

RAN 

0V 

LS 

MIC 

SCH B 

Anschaltung Lichtrelais 

OV 

LT 1 

LT 2 

24V 

0V 

RAN 

LS 

MIC 

SCH B 

}{ 

}{ 

}{ 

}{ 

}{ 

}{ 

rt 

ge 

sw 

ws 

ge 

ws 

sw 

rt 

br 

sw 

gr 

ws 

bl 

25 V 

ELA vom Zimmer 

}{ 

paarig verseilt 

vom ComTerminal oder 


Is 

vom ComTerminal oder 


Is 

ge 

vom TV‐System 

ws 

25Veff, 3 KOhm, 200 mW per bed 

zum Relais Lichtschaltung 

Pulsdauer 150 ms, 

24 V DC, max. 200 mA 

Romm bus (RAN) 






24V 

RAN 

0V 

LS 

MIC 

SCH B 

24V 

0V 

RAN 

LS 

MIC 

SCH B 

OV 

LT 1 

LT 2 

}{ 

}{ 

}{ 

}{ 

}{ 

ELA1a 

ELA1b 

ELA2a 

ELA2b 

ELA3a 

25 V 

Ie 

ELA3b 

ELA4a 

Ie 

Entertainment from room 

ELA4b 

ELA5a 

}{ 

ELA5b 

twisted pair 

Entertainment 


TV 

Light 

Obere oder rechte Seite 

top or right side 

A B 

1b 

1a 

2b 

2a 

3b 

3a 

4b 

4a 

5b 

5a 

10 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

70 0424 00 




TV sound to the bed 

Connection of ligth relay 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

}{ 

red 

yellow 

black 

white 

yellow 

white 

black 

red 

brown 

black 

grey 

white 

blue 

shield 

from ComTerminal 

or connection socket 

combi 


or connection socket 

combi 

Is 

yellow 

from TV system 

white 

25Veff, 3 KOhm, 200 mW per bed 

to light switching relay 

pulse duration 150 ms, 

24 V DC, max. 200 mA 

Is 




Steckvorrichtung Kombi Kanal, Best.‐Nr. 70 0434 00 

Kombinierte Steckvorrichtung mit zwei unterschiedlichen Steckbuchsen zum Anschluss 

von Bedien- und Rufgeräten. Vorgesehen zur Übertragung von Rufen, ELA-Programmen 

und zur Steuerung von 2 Relais zur Lichtschaltung. 

Vorzugsweise hergestellt für den Einbau in medizinische Versorgungseinheiten. 





Elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit! Durch unzureichende Entstörung von Leuchtstofflam‐ 

pen in medizinischen Versorgungseinheiten kann es zu Störungen der Rufanlage kommen. 

Unter Umständen lassen sich diese externen Störungen durch den Einbau von Entstörglie‐ 

dern (Varistor‐Schaltungen) vermeiden. Die Varistor‐Schaltungen sind bei den Herstellern zu 

beziehen. Tunstall bietet hierfür das Überspannungsschutzfilter 230 V (70 0890 97) an. 

Das EMV‐Verhalten von verschiedenen medizinischen Versorgungseinheiten kann sehr 

unterschiedlich sein. Sogar zwei Versorgungseinheiten des gleichen Typs können sich 

unterschiedlich verhalten, wenn sie unterschiedlich installiert wurden. 

In medizinischen Versorgungseinheiten gelten für die Verlegung der Leitungen der Rufan‐ 

lage die Bestimmungen von DIN EN ISO 11197. 

00 8800 75, 07/07 (Rev. 4.0) 

Connection socket combi bedhead unit, order no. 70 0434 00 

Combined connection socket with two different sockets for connection of patient handsets and 

other call devices. Designed for transmission of calls, entertainment programmes and control 

of two relays for light switching. 

Suitable for mounting in medical supply units. 


manual. 



Electromagnetic compatibility! Due to insufficient suppression at fluorescent lamps in 

medical supply units faults in the call system may occur. These external interferences 

possibly can be avoided by installing suppressor elements (varistor circuits). Varistor circuits 

are commercially available from electric/electronic suppliers. Tunstall offers a proven over‐ 

voltage filter 230 V (order no. 70 0890 97). 

Medical supply units may differ clearly in EMC behaviour. Even two supply units of the same 

type may differ, if the installation is different. 

When laying call system cables in medical supply units the regulations of European stan‐ 

dard ISO 11197 have to be followed. 

Steckvorrichtung einstellen Setting the connection socket 

Folgende Einstellungen müssen vor Einbau der Steckvorrichtung gemacht werden: 

Before mounting the connection socket please adjust as follows: 

1. Bettennummer einstellen 

1. Setting of bed numbers 

Bett-Nr. Jumper gesteckt: 

Bed no. jumper placed: 

Bett 1 P1 

Bed 1 P1 

Bett 2 P2 

Bed 2 P2 

Bett 3 P1, P2 (werkseitige Einstellung) 

Bed 3 P1, P2 (factory setting) 

Bett 4 P3 

Bed 4 P3 

Bett 5 P1, P3 

Bed 5 P1, P3 

Bett 6*) P2, P3 

Bed 6*) P2, P3 

*) Bei Bett-Nr. 6 kann kein Diagnostikruf verwendet werden. 

*) When using bed number 6 no diagnostic call can be used. 

2. Lichtoption 

2. Light option 

Jumper offen: Separate Ausgänge LT1 und LT2 für die Lichtrelais 

Jumper open: Separate outputs LT1 and LT2 for the light relays 

(Lichttasten separat) 

(light switches are separate). 

Jumper gesteckt: Ausgänge LT1 und LT2 sind verbunden (Lichttasten parallel). 

Jumper placed: Outputs LT1 and LT2 are connected (light switches are 

In diesem Fall nur ein Relais anschließen. 

parallel). In this case connect only one relay. 

3. TV‐Option 

3. TV option 

Jumper 1 gesteckt: Hörfunkbetrieb über ELA (werkseitige Einstellung). 

Jumper 1 placed: Radio via entertainment system (factory setting). 

Jumper 2 gesteckt: Hörfunkbetrieb über Tuner im TV‐System. 

Jumper 2 placed: Radio via tuner in TV system. 

4. TV-Tonkanal TV1 - TV4 

4. TV tone TV1 - TV4 

Für diese Einstellung werden immer 2 Jumper gesteckt. 

For this settings, always place 2 jumpers. 

Bei sternförmig verteiltem TV‐Ton wird der Tonkanal entsprechend der Bett‐Nummer 

Where star-type distribution of TV tone is provided, the tone channel is set in reference to 

eingestellt. 

the bed number. 

Bett-Nr. Jumper gesteckt: 

Bed no. Jumper placed: 

Bett 1 TV1 

Bed 1 TV1 

Bett 2 TV2 

Bed 2 TV2 

Bett 3 TV3 

Bed 3 TV3 

Bett 4 TV4 

Bed 4 TV4 

Bei parallel verteiltem TV-Ton wird der Tonkanal 1 gewählt. 

Where TV tone is parallel, select tone channel 1. 

TV-Ton 

TV-Ton 

Die verfügbaren TV-Funktionen hängen von dem verwendeten TV-Gerät ab. Einzelheiten The available TV functions depend on the TV set in use. Before the final installation, 

der Anschaltung und der Funktionen sollten vor der Installation mit dem Auftraggeber technicians shall check with the ordering party for the project to clarify the details regarding 

geklärt werden. 

the connection and the functions. 


Der Einbau der Steckvorrichtung in die medizinische Versorgungseinheit ist von der 

jeweiligen Ausführung der Versorgungseinheit abhängig. 

1. Gehäuse der medizinischen Versorgungseinheit öffnen. 

2. Steckvorrichtung einsetzen. 

3. Das Flachbandkabel zum Anschluss an die mediz. Versorgungseinheit aufstecken. 

4. Bei vorhandenem Bettenlicht auch den Anschluss zum Lichtrelais aufstecken. 

5. Gehäuse der medizinischen Versorgungseinheit schließen. 

70 0434 00 

Steckvorrichtung Kombi Kanal 

Connection socket combi bedhead unit 


After the settings are made the connection socket is mounted into the medical supply unit. 

The mounting depends on the individual model of the medical supply unit. 

1. Open the housing of the medical supply unit. 

2. Put in the connection socket. 

3. Put on the flat band cable to the medical supply unit. 

4. If there is bedlight available put on also the connection to the light relay. 

5. Close the housing of the medical supply unit. 

Anschluss Bettenlicht 

Impulsdauer 150 ms, 

24 V Gleichspannung, 

max. 200 mA 

connection bed light 

pulse duration 

150 ms, 

24 V DC 

max. 200 mA 

+24 V 

OV 

LT1 

NC 

Bett‐Nummer 

bed number 

P3 P2 P1 

Lichtoption 

light option 

1 2 

Anschluss Versorgungseinheit 

connection supply unit 

TV1 TV2 TV3 TV4 

TV‐Option TV‐Tonkanal 

TV option 

TV tone channel

ELA 


TV 

Licht 

Anschlüsse am Anschlussfeld D Connections to connection field GB 



Kabel: 

2x IY(ST)Y 2x2x0,8 



Kabel: 

CCS32‐Kabel 

TV‐Ton zum Bett 

Anschaltung Lichtrelais 

70 0434 00 

Steckvorrichtung Kombi Kanal 

Connection socket combi bedhead unit 

00 8800 75, 07/07 (Rev. 4.0) 

24V 

RAN 

0V 

24V 

0V 

RAN 

LS 

MIC 

SCH B 

}{ 

}{ 

}{ 

}{ 

}{ 

6 ELA1a 

6 ELA1a 

7 ELA1b 

7 ELA1b 

21 ELA2a 

21 ELA2a 

22 ELA2b 

22 ELA2b 

23 ELA3a 

Ie 

23 ELA3a 

24 ELA3b 

ELA vom Zimmer 

24 ELA3b 

25 ELA4a 

25 ELA4a 

26 

27 

28 

ELA4b 

ELA5a 

ELA5b 

}{ 


26 

27 

28 

ELA4b 

ELA5a 

ELA5b }{ 

1 

11 

40 

37 LS 

36 MIC 

35 SCH B 

1 

40 

11 

37 

36 

35 

}{ 

OV 

LT 2 

rt 

ge 

sw 

ws 

ge 

ws 

sw 

rt 

br 

sw 

gr 

ws 

bl 

vom ComTerminal 

vom ComTerminal 

Abgeschirmte Leitungen für LS, MIC dürfen 

maximal 30 mm abgemantelt werden! 

zum Relais Raumlicht 

Ia 

Pulsdauer 150 ms, 

24 V DC, max. 200 mA 

Entertainment 


TV 

Light 

Romm bus (RAN) 


Cable: 

2x IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 



Cable: 

CCS32‐Kabel 

Connection of light relay 

24V 

RAN 

0V 

LS 

MIC 

SCH B 

24V 

0V 

RAN 

LS 

MIC 

SCH B 

TV sound to the bed 

TV1a 

TV1b }{ 

TV2a 

TV2b }{ 

TV3a 

TV3b }{ 

vom Fernsehsystem 

TV4a 

TV4b }{ 

Ia 

4 

5 

4 

5 

TV1a 

TV1b }{ 

31 

32 

31 

32 

TV2a 

TV2b }{ 

29 

30 

29 

30 

TV3a 

TV3b }{ 

33 

34 }{ 


33 

34 

TV4a 

TV4b }{ 

39 

9 

Anschlussfeld Versorgungseinheit (Beispiel) 

Connection field supply unit (example) 

Flachkabel zu Steckvorrichtung 

Kombi Kanal 

Flat cable to connection 

socket combi bedhead unit 

40 

1 

Klemmennummern wie Flachkabel 

Terminal numbers as flat cable 


Is 

Is 

1 

11 

40 

37 

36 

35 

1 

40 

11 

37 

36 

35 

39 

9 

OV 

LT 2 

}{ 

}{ 

}{ 

}{ 

}{ 

red 

yellow 

black 

white 

yellow 

white 

black 

red 

brown 

black 

grey 

white 

blue 

shield 

Ie 

Entertainment from room 

}{ 

twisted pair 


Is 


Is 

Shielded wires for LS, MIC: strip to max. 30 mm! 

OV 

OV 

MIC 

TV4b 

TV2b 

TV3b 

ELA5b 

ELA4b 

ELA3b 

ELA2b 

OV 

OV 

OV 

FB3 

FB1 

OV 

OV 

ELA1a 

TV1a 

+24V 

40 

38 

36 

34 

32 

30 

28 

26 

24 

22 

20 

18 

16 

14 

12 

10 

8 

6 

4 

2 

OV 

LS 

SCHB 

TV4a 

TV2a 

TV3a 

ELA5a 

ELA4a 

ELA3a 

ELA2a 

OV 

OV 

FB4 

FB2 

RAN 

LT2 

ELA1b 

TV1b 

+24V 

+24V 

from TV system 

}{ 

twisted pair 

to room light relay 

pulse duration 150 ms, 

24 V DC, max. 200 mA 

39 

37 

35 

33 

31 

29 

27 

25 

23 

21 

19 

17 

15 

13 

11 

9 

7 

5 

3 

1 

40 

39 

38 

20 

18 

3 

2 

1 

24 V Drahtbrücken / wire links − 0 V 

(unbedingt erforderlich) 

(absolutely required) 

Ia 

Ia 




Steckvorrichtung ComTerminal, Best.‐Nr. 70 0491 00 

Steckvorrichtung zum Anschluss eines ComTerminals im System Flamenco an den 

Gruppenbus (OSYnet) oder eines ComTerminals im System EccoLine oder NewLine oder 

eines RAN-Multiplexers an den Stationsbus (CCS-Bus). Passend für zweiteilige 

Einbaudosen. 

Hinweis! Die vollständige Installation des Systems ist im Installationshandbuch 

beschrieben. 

Einbaudose setzen Placing the back box 

Achtung! Beachten Sie beim Setzen der Einbaudose den Platzbedarf des ComTerminals. 

Vom Mittelpunkt der Einbaudose muss nach oben und unten ein Platzbedarf von 

mindestens 150 mm vorgesehen werden. 


1 Anschluss ComTerminal 

2 Sicherung 1A/F 

Bestell-Nr. 00 0130 24 

00 8800 40, 07/06 (Rev. 3.0) 

3 Anschluss Stromversorgung 

4 Anschlussklemmen für RAN, Gruppenbus 

und ELA (ELA nicht bei Flamenco) 

Wichtige Hinweise 

Verwendbare Leitungstypen: 

Stromversorgung: 2,5 mm 2 , übrige Leitungen: 0,55 - 1 mm Ø 

Alle Leitungen für die Musik‐ oder Sprachübertragung (geschirmte Leitungen) dürfen 

max. 30 mm abgemantelt werden, damit die Schirmfunktion erhalten bleibt. 

Zur Vermeidung von Kurzschlüssen den Beidraht (SCH) isolieren. 

Nur einen Schaltdraht pro Klemme eindrücken. 

Connection socket ComTerminal, order no. 70 0491 00 

Connection socket for connecting a ComTerminal in Flameco system to the group bus 

(OSYnet) or a ComTerminal in EccoLine or NewLine system or a RAN multiplexer to the 

ward bus (CCS bus). Suitable for 2-gang back box. 

Note! The complete installation of the system is described in the installation 

manual. 

Attention! When installing the back box please notice the required space for the 

ComTerminal. From centre of the back box to the top and to the bottom, a space of at least 

150 mm should be allowed. 

1 Socket for ComTerminal 

2 Fuse1A/Fast acting 

order no. 00 0130 24 

Anschlusstechnik Connection technique 

Handhabung der Klemmen mit lötfreier Anschlusstechnik nach dem Steckklemm-Prinzip 

1. Leiter 8 mm abisolieren. 

2. Abisolierten Leiter bis zum Anschlag in die Klemme stecken. Zum leichteren 

Hineinschieben (z.B. bei CAT5‐Kabeln) einen kleinen Schraubendreher in die Öffnung 

stecken (siehe Zeichnung), während Sie den Leiter hineinschieben. 

3. Zum Lösen des Leiters einen kleinen Schraubendreher in die Öffnung stecken und den 

Leiter herausziehen. 

150 mm 

150 mm 

Schraubendreher 

screw driver 

Leiter 1 

wire 1 

Leiter 2 

wire 2 

DL 

DH 

DG 

0 V 

NF 1a 

NF 1b 

NF 2a 

NF 2b 

24 V 

0 V 

3 Connection to power supply 

4 Connections for RAN, group bus and 

entertainment (Flamenco: no entertainment) 

Important notes 

Usable cable types: Mains: 2,5 mm 2 , other wires: 0,55 - 1 mm Ø 

All cables for music or speech transmission (shielded cables) shall be stripped to a 

maximum of 30 mm to maintain the shielding function. 

Insulate the shield wire (SCH) to prevent short circuiting. 

Insert only one wire per connection terminal. 

Handling of terminals with solderless connection technique: 

1. Strip the wire to 8 mm. 

2. Insert the stripped wire into the terminal until it stops. To make insertion easier (e.g. for 

CAT5 cable) put a small screw driver into the opening (see diagram) while inserting the 

wire. 

3. For detaching the wire put a small screw driver into the opening and pull out the wire. 

1 

2 

3 

Flamenco EccoLine / NewLine 

10 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

70 0491 00 

Steckvorrichtung ComTerminal 

Connection socket ComTerminal 


LS 

MIC 

SCH B 

0 V 

24 V 

RAN 

0 V 

24 V 

RAN 

RAN 

1 

2 

3 

4 

4 

4 

10 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Wenn ELA nicht angeschlossen wird, 

muss ELAa mit OV gebrückt werden: 

Where entertainment is not connected, 

ELAa must be bridged with 0V: 

0V 

ELA a 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Brücke 

Bridge

Stationsbus / Gruppenbus Zimmerbus (RAN) 

Strom 

ELA 


Stromversorgung 

Kabel: NYM 2x2,5 mm 2 


mit Sprechen 




mit Sprechen 




ohne Sprechen 




(nur Flamenco) 

Kabel: CAT5‐Kabel 




Stationsbus CCS 

(nur EccoLine, NewLine) 

Kabel: CCS 32‐Kabel 

entfällt in Systemen 

ohne Sprechen 

ELA, selektierter Kanal 

(nur EccoLine, NewLine) 

Kabel: 2xIYY pro Kanal 

oder ähnliche Leitungen 

00 8800 40, 06/06 (Rev. 3.0) 

+24 V 

0 V 

24V 

RAN 

0V 

LS 

MIC 

SCH B 

24V 

0V 

RAN 

LS 

MIC 

SCH B 

24V 

RAN 

0V 

DL 

DH 

DG*) 

NF 1a 

NF 1b 

NF 2a 

NF 2b 

DL 

DH 

DG*) 

NF 1a 

NF 1b 

NF 2a 

NF 2b 

0V 

T 

I 

a 

INT 

b }{ 

SCH 

ELA a 

ELA b 

70 0491 00 



}{ 

rt 

ge 

sw 

ws 

ge 

ws 

sw 

rt 

br 

sw 

gr 

ws 

bl 

rt 

ge 

sw 

ws 

ws-bl 

bl 

ws-gn 

gn 

br 

ws-br 

or 

ws-or 

sw 

br 

gr 

ws 

bl 

vom letzten Zimmer oder 











zur ELA‐Reglerkombination, 

Best.‐Nr. 08 5130 00 

Ward bus / Group bus Room bus (RAN) 

Power 

Power supply 

Cable: NYM 2x2.5 mm 2 

Romm bus (RAN) with speech 



Room bus (RAN) with speech 



24V 

0V 

RAN 

LS 

MIC 

SCH B 

Room bus (RAN) without speech 




(Flamenco only) 

Cable: CAT5 cable 

Ward bus CCS 

(EccoLine and NewLine only) 

Cable: CCS 32 cable 

to be dropped in systems 

without speech 

Entertainment, selected channel 

(EccoLine and NewLine only) 

Cable: 2xIYY per channel 

or similar cables 

0V 

T 

I 

a 

INT 

b 

SCH 

24V 

RAN 

0V 

LS 

MIC 

SCH B 

24V 

+24 V 

RAN 

0V 

DL 

DH 

DG*) 

NF 1a 

NF 1b 

NF 2a 

NF 2b 

rt 

bl 

gn 




DL 

DH 

ws 



DG*) 

br 

NF 1a 

ws 

NF 1b 

ge 

NF 2a 

ws NF 2b 

DL 

DH 

DG 

0 V 

NF 1a 

NF 1b 

NF 2a 

NF 2b 

24 V 

0 V 

10 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

LS 

MIC 

SCH B 

0 V 

24 V 

RAN 

0 V 

24 V 

RAN 

RAN 

Entertainm. 

*) Anschluss DG an Gruppenbus OSYnet 


*) Connecting DG to group bus OSYnet 


push-wire connector for junction boxes 

(order no. 00 022288) 

Verbindungsdosenklemme 

(Best.‐Nr. 00 022288) 




to next room 

Flamenco 


DL 

DH 

DG 

0 V 

NF 1a 

NF 1b 

NF 2a 

NF 2b 

24 V 

0 V 

10 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

Steckvorrichtung / connection socket 

}{ 

0 V 

}{ 

ELA a 

ELA b 

brown 

black 

grey 

white 

blue 

shield 

red 

yellow 

black 

white 

white-blue 

blue 

white-green 

green 

brown 

white-brown 

orange 

white-orange 

red 

blue 

green 

white 

brown 

white 

yellow 

white 

EccoLine 

NewLine 

red 

yellow 

black 

white 

yellow 

white 

black 

red 

black 

brown 

grey 

white 

blue 

shield 




combi or 



combi or 


from RAN user 







to programme control unit, 

order no. 08 5130 00 

10 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 




Steckvorrichtung ComStation, Best.‐Nr. 74 0452 30 

Datensteckdose zum Anschluss einer ComStationCT (Tischgerät), eines Tischadapters für 

ComTerminal, einer EccoLine ComStation, einer ComStation L200 oder einer Concento 

Hauptabfrage. 

Vorzugsweise hergestellt für den Wandeinbau. 

Passend für zweiteilige Einbaudose (Einbaudose nicht im Lieferumfang) 

15-polige Buchse als Datensteckdose. 

Vorbereitet für 15-poligen Stecker mit mechanischer Verriegelung. 

4 Steckklemmen zum Anschluss der 24 V Stromversorgung bis 2,5 mm2 . 

Anschlüsse als Steckklemmen für Massivdraht, ø 0,55 - 1 mm. 

Kontaktbelastung: max. 3 A 


beschrieben. 

Abmessungen / Dimensions: Montage / Mounting: 

00 8802 46, 08/09 (Rev. 4.0) 

152 mm 

81 mm 

ComStation CT , Tischgerät, Best.‐Nr. 77 0601 00A 

ComStation CT , desktop unit, order no. 77 0601 00A 

74 0452 30 

* 

Verbindungsdosenklemme, 5-polig (00 0210 21) 

Leitungsquerschnitt 0,5 - 2,5 mm2 push‐wire connector, 5 pole (00 0210 21) 

wire cross section: 0.5 - 2.5 mm2 74 0452 30 

Steckvorrichtung ComStation 

Connection socket ComStation 

0V 

+24V 

2 

11 

1 

9 

3 

4 

10 

9 

8 

7 

7 

8 

1 

11 

2 

0V 

+24V 


6 

Connection socket ComStation, order no. 74 0452 30 

Data socket for connection of a ComStationCT (desktop unit), a desktop adapter for 

ComTerminal, an EccoLine ComStation, a ComStation L200 or a Concento main console. 

Preferably made for wall mounting. 

Suitable for 2-gang back box (back box not included with delivery) 

15 pole socket as data socket 

Prepared for 15 pole plug with mechanical locking mechanism 

4 plug-in terminals up to 2.5 mm2 for connection of the 24 V supply voltage 

Connection as plug-in terminals for solid wire of ø 0.55 - 1 mm. 

Contact current: max. 3 A 

* 


manual. 

0V 

+24V 

NF 1a 

NF 1b 

NF 2a 

NF 2b 

DL 

DH 

DG 

DG 

DG 

DG 

DH 

DL 

NF 2b 

NF 2a 

NF 1b 

NF 1a 

0V 

+24V 

0 V 

24V 

RAN 

Ip (Spannungsversorgung / power supply) 

OSYnet (Gruppenbus / group bus) 

OSYnet (Gruppenbus / group bus) 

Ip (Spannungsversorgung / power supply) 

RAN (Zimmerbus / room bus)


Appendix 



14..5 Consoles 

77 0601 00A ComStation CT , desktop unit 

77 0602 00 ComStation PC 

77 0610 00 ManagementCenter PC 






ComStation CT , Tischgerät, Best.‐Nr. 77 0601 00A 

Terminal in Gegensprechtechnik inkl. rote Ruftaste, blaue Alarmtaste, grüne 

Anwesenheitstaste (AW1), gelbe Anwesenheitstaste (AW2), 4 Funktionstasten mit 

situationsabhängiger Belegung, Mikrofon und Lautsprecher. Vorgesehen zur 

Tischaufstellung am Dienststützpunkt. Vorzugsweise zur Bearbeitung von Rufen und zum 

Ansprechen von Räumen mit eingeschalteter Personalanwesenheit. Auslösung von Rufen 

oder Alarmen zur Anforderung von weiterem Personal möglich. 



















So oft ”+” oder ”–” drücken, bis der Raumtyp “Dienstzimmer” erscheint. 

(Die Einstellung “Dienstzimmer” bewirkt, dass Notrufe als normale Rufe signalisiert 

werden) 






über RAN angeschlossen sind (Kein Birntaster, keine PBK Hand, keine Steckvorrichtung 

ComStation). 



3. Funktionstest “Test RAN” durchführen 3. Functional test “Test RAN” 

Test, ob Zimmergeräte funktionsbereit und korrekt am RAN angeschlossen sind. Test, ob 




Die LEDs aller angeschlossenen Zimmergeräte müssen blinken. (Geräte, die nicht 

blinken, sind falsch angeschlossen oder defekt. Defekte Geräte austauschen. Falsch 









gespeichert. 




5. Zimmer‐Adresse übernehmen 5. Apply the room address 

In die ComStationCT (Tischgerät) ist eine Leiterplatte eingebaut, auf der dieselbe 

Zimmer‐Adresse gespeichert werden muss, die im Konfigurationsmenü eingestellt wurde. 

Das heißt, die im Konfigurationsmenü (siehe oben) eingestellte Adresse muss auf die 

eingebaute Leiterplatte übernommen werden. Hierzu muss die Abdeckung an der Rückseite 

der ComStationCT abgeschraubt werden. 

1. Anwesenheitstaste an der ComStationCT einschalten. 

2. Adressen‐Taste an der eingebauten Leiterplatte 

einmal drücken. 

3. Anwesenheitstaste an der ComStationCT ausschalten. 

Die im Konfigurationsmenü eingestellte Adresse ist 

nun auch in der eingebauten Leiterplatte gespeichert. 

00 8802 48, 08/06 (Rev. 1.0) 

Adressentaste 

(Minitaster) 

77 0601 00A 

ComStation CT , Tischgerät 

ComStation CT , desktop unit 


ComStation CT , desktop unit, order no. 77 0601 00A 

Terminal with two-way speech communication, incl. red call button, blue code blue/cardiac 

alarm button, green presence button (staff 1), yellow presence button (staff 2), 4 function 

keys as soft keys, microphone and loudspeaker. Designed for desktop installation at the 

nurse station. Preferably intended for call handling and for speaking to rooms with activated 

staff presence. Raising of calls or cardiac alarms to summon assisting staff is possible. 


manual. 















Press ”+” or ”–” until the room type “Staff room” is shown. 

(The “Staff room” setting causes, that emergency calls are signalled as normal calls) 






etc.) which are connected via RAN . (No pear push switch, no patient handset, no 

connection socket ComStation) 



Test if room devices are ready to operate and if they are correctly connected to the RAN. 




The LEDs of all connected room devices must flash. (Non-flashing devices are wrongly 

connected or defective. Replace defective devices. Correct any wrong connection) 










Integrated in the ComStation CT is a printed circuit board (PCB), which must have the same 

room address as the address set in the configuration menu. This address has to be 

manually applied. 

To do this, remove the cover from the rear side of the ComStation CT . 

1. Switch on staff presence at the ComStation CT . 

2. Press the address button on the integrated PCB 

once. 

3. Switch off staff presence at the ComStation CT . 

The address set in the configuration menu is now also 

stored in the integrated PCB. 

address button 

(mini switch) 

74 0452 30 

Steckvorrichtung ComStation 

Connection socket 

ComStation


Switch 

OSY- 

ControlCenter 

Power Supply 

Power Suply 

Netzgerät 

77340000 

+UPS/USV: 

77340100 

230V~ 

ST26 

NFxxa 

NFxxb 

11 

12 

In 

* 

= Option 

CONNECTION 

COMBINATION 

ANSCHL.KOMBINATION 

NF-a 1104870000A 

NF-b 12 

77 0610 00 

Netzwerk 

In= IY(St)Y 2x2x0,8 

Gez. 


LCD-Monitor 

PrimusGlobal 

+ 


77070000 

SPRECHSTELLE 

TUNSTALL GmbH CONNECTION PLAN ANSCHLUSSPLAN 

Aend.-I. 

Gepr. 

Telephone 

for teleservice 

Telefon für 

Fernwartung 

80431900 

00064028 

LIMITER 

SHARK 

2,5m 

2,5m 

Art der Aend. Datum Name 

09.07.08 WENDKER 

IOIOIB/COM2 RJ45 

SYSTEM COMPUTER 

Speech Unit 

50070500A 


Order No.: / Best.-Nr.: 

50092500 

230V~ 

230V~ 

* 

230V~ 

USV 

230V~ 

21900000 

230V~ 

PC 

Drawing No.: / Zeichn.Nr.: 

97 1 1048 4 0 7

14..6 Interfaces 

70 0360 10 IR TV control module 

70 0360 11 IR TV control module Audio 

70 0840 00 RAN interface normal call 

70 0841 00 RAN interface code blue/cardiac alarm 

70 0842 00 RAN interface telephone call 

70 0860 00 RAN interface TV 

70 0880 00 RAN interface with speech 

77 0801 00 OSYlink-Door entry speaker 

77 0802 00 OSYlink-Group lamp 

77 0803 00 OSYlink-Universal 

77 0804 00 OSYlink-Announcement 







IR TV-Steuermodul universal, Best.‐Nr. 70 0360 10 

Schnittstelle zur Steuerung eines handelsüblichen TV‐Geräts mit Infrarot‐Signalen. 



Voraussetzungen Requirements 

Steckvorrichtung Kombi (70 0424 00) und Steckvorrichtung Kombi Kanal (70 0434 00) ermögli‐ 

chen die TV‐Ansteuerung in Verbindung mit PBK Hand (74 0747 00) und der RAN-Schnittstelle 

TV (70 0860 00). 

IR TV-Steuermodul universal (70 0360 10) ermöglicht die Steuerung von handelsüblichen TV- 

Geräten mit Infrarot-Signalen. Zusätzlich erforderlich: Kabelsatz zum IR TV-Steuermodul 

(70 0360 20), Adressierstecker zum IR TV-Steuermodul (70 0360 30) und einmalig die Dienst‐ 

leistung Programmierung TV-Steuermodul (70 0360 50). 

Hinweis: Eine Tonübertragung zur PBK Hand findet nicht statt. 

Programmierung Programming 

Das IR TV‐Steuermodul ist erst funktionsfähig, wenn der Steuercode des benutzten 

TV‐Gerätetyps programmiert ist. Diese Programmierung wird von Tunstall GmbH 

durchgeführt (Bestell‐Nr. 70 0360 50). 


00 8802 84, 11/09 (Rev. 2.0) 

IR TV control module universal, order no. 70 0360 10 

Interface for control of a standard TV set using infrared signals. 


manual. 

Connection socket Combi (70 0424 00) and connection socket Combi bedhead unit 

(70 0434 00) allow TV control in combination with patient handset (74 0747 00), RAN 

interface TV (70 0860 00) and IR TV control module universal (70 0360 10). 

IR TV control module universal (70 0360 10) allows the control of standard TV sets using 

infrared signals. Additionally needed: Kit for IR TV control module (70 0360 20), Addressing 

plug for IR TV control module (70 0360 30) and one‐time TV control module programming 

service (70 0360 50). 

Note: No tone transmission to patient handset. 

Before the IR TV control module can be used, the control code of the used TV type has to 

be programmed. This programming is done by Tunstall GmbH (order no. 70 0360 50). 

Befestigung an der Rückwand des TV‐Geräts z.B. mit Klebepads. Fixing on the back part of the TV set e.g. using sticky pads. 

Betten zuordnen (Adressierung) Assigning beds (Addressing) 

Im Auslieferungszustand wird das IR TV‐Steuermodul von allen angeschlossenen Patienten‐ 

bediengeräten (PBK) angesteuert. So ändern Sie die Einstellung: 

1. Um das IR TV‐Steuermodul in den Adressiermodus zu versetzen, stecken Sie den 

Adressierstecker (Bestell‐Nr. 70 0360 30) in die mittlere Buchse. 

Nach ca. 5 Sekunden wechselt das IR TV‐Steuermodul in den Adressiermodus. 

2. Drücken Sie nacheinander an allen PBKs, die dieses TV‐Gerät steuern sollen, die Taste 

”TV einschalten” bzw. ”TV‐Programm vorwärts”. 

3. Ziehen Sie den Adressierstecker wieder ab. 

Die Betten sind zugeordnet. 

Hinweis! Wenn der Adressierstecker gesteckt und wieder abgezogen wird, ohne dass eine 

PBK ausgelöst wird, werden die Befehle von allen angeschlossenen PBKs akzeptiert 

(Auslieferungszustand). Es gilt immer die zuletzt gelernte Einstellung. 

Entertainment 

ELA 

Ie 

70 0424 00 

70 0860 00 

RAN 

PBK Hand 


74 0747 00 

Daten 

Data 

74 0747 00 

00 0280 40 

70 0360 10 

00 0280 40 


70 0360 10 

In delivery state the IR TV control module is controlled by all connected patient handsets. This 

is how you change this setting: 

1. Plug the addressing plug (order no. 70 0360 30) into the middle socket. 

After 5 seconds the IR TV control module changes to addressing mode. 

2. Press in succession the button ”TV on” / ”Programme +” at all patient units, which shall 

control the TV set. 

3. Disconnect the addressing plug. 

Thr beds are assigned. 

Note! If you press no button between plugging and disconnecting the addressing plug, the 

IR TV control module is controlled by all connected patient handsets (delivery state). 

Always the last learned setting is valid. 

70 0360 20 

IR 

Adressierstecker 

Addressing plug 

70 0360 30 

IR 

70 0360 10 

IR 

70 0360 10 

IR TV-Steuermodul universal 

IR TV control module universal

OSYnet + Ip 

OSYnet + Ip 

Anschlussplan (Beispiel) D Connection Diagram (example) GB 

Is 

47 

47 

00 8802 85, 02/09 (Rev. 1.1) 

74 0510 00 

+ 77 0805 00 

+ 70 0491 00 

1 2 

34 

5 

67 

Bed 2 / Bett 2 


ComTerminal 

70 0360 10 

70 0360 10 

for mounting to 35 mm rail 

Montagefüße für 

Tragschiene 35 mm 

IR 

RJ 45 connection 

IR 

70 0360 20 

70 0360 20 

70 0360 20 

00 0280 39 surface / Aufputz 

00 0280 40 recesssed / Unterputz 

socket 

RJ 45 Dose 

2 

3 

7 

70 0360 20 


socket 



TV control signals / TV−Steuersignale 

2 

2 

3 

7 

RJ 45 Dose 

3 

7 

2 

6 

7 

3 

RJ 45 

Western socket 

Westernbuchse 

2 

= twisted pair 

= paarig verseilt 


0V 

RAN 

+24V 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

70 0860 00 

+24V 

3 

1 

Uout+ 

6 

2 

Uout− 

7 

3 

1 x per room RAN interface TV 

1 x pro Zimmer RAN-Schnittstelle TV 

8 

Connection 11 

field 

2 

Anschlussfeld 


Abgeschirmte Leitungen für LS, MIC dürfen max. 

30 mm abgemantelt werden. 

Connection field supply unit: 

Anschlussfeld Versorgungseinheit: 


Uout+ 

Uout− 

+24V 

40 

39 

38 


Bed number: 

OV 

LS 

SCHB 

TV4a 

TV2a 

OV 

OV 

MIC 

TV4b 

TV2b 

74 0747 00 

Jumpers 

position 

Set 

jumper 

Bed 

number 

TV3a 

ELA5a 

ELA4a 

TV3b 

ELA5b 

ELA4b 

P3 P2 P1 

Bed 1 = P1 

Bed 2 = P2 

Bed 3 = P1, P2 

Bed 4 = P3 

Bed 5 = P1, P3 

Bed 6 = P2, P3 

20 

18 

39 

37 

35 

33 

31 

29 

27 

25 

23 

21 

19 

17 

15 

13 

11 

9 

7 

5 

3 

1 

ELA3a 

ELA2a 

OV 

OV 

ELA3b 

ELA2b 

OV 

OV 


74 0747 00 

Supply unit / Versorgungseinheit 


24 V wire links / Drahtbrücken − 0 V 

(absolutely required / unbedingt erforderlich) 

FB4 

FB2 

RAN 

OV 

FB3 

FB1 

LT2 

ELA1b 

TV1b 

OV 

OV 

ELA1a 

3 

2 

1 

+24V 

+24V 

40 

38 

36 

34 

32 

30 

28 

26 

24 

22 

20 

18 

16 

14 

12 

10 

8 

6 

4 

2 

Bettennummer: 

70 0434 00 70 0434 00 

Jumper Lage der 

steckt Jumper 

Betten 

Nummer 

Bett 1 = P1 

Bett 2 = P2 

Bett 3 = P1,P2 

Bett 4 = P3 



TV1a 

+24V 

P3 P2 P1 



Notes: 

- Setting of bed numbers and other options are effected by placing jumpers in the 

appropriate positions at connection socket (70 0434 00). 

- When using bed number 6 no diagnostic call can be used. 

Hinweise: 

- Die Einstellung der Bettennummer und der anderen Optionen erfolgt durch Jumper 

auf der jeweiligen Steckvorrichtung (70 0434 00). 

- Bei Verwendung von Bettennummer 6 kann kein Diagnostikruf verwendet werden. 

werkseitige Einstellung 




IR TV-Steuermodul universal Audio, Best.‐Nr. 70 0360 11 

Schnittstelle zur Steuerung eines handelsüblichen TV‐Geräts mit Infrarot‐Signalen. 

Integrierter Audioverstärker zur Ansteuerung eines Bediengeräts. Die Ausgangslautstärke 

kann mit einem Programmiergerät in definierten Grenzen geregelt werden. Beim Einsatz ist 

die Abstimmung der Audiopegel mit den eingesetzten Endgeräten zu beachten. 



Voraussetzungen Requirements 

Steckvorrichtung Kombi, TVL (70 0424 50) und Steckvorrichtung Kombi Kanal, TVL 

(70 0434 50) ermöglichen die TV‐Ansteuerung in Verbindung mit PBK Hand (74 0747 00), 

der RAN-Schnittstelle TV (70 0860 00) und dem IR TV-Steuermodul Audio (70 0360 11). 

Achtung! Bei den Steckvorrichtungen handelt es sich um Modelle, die nur für diese 

Anwendung benutzt werden. 

IR TV-Steuermodul universal Audio ermöglicht die Steuerung und Tonübertragung von 

handelsüblichen TV-Geräten mit Infrarot-Signalen. Zusätzlich erforderlich: Kabelsatz zum 

IR TV-Steuermodul Audio (70 0360 21), Adressierstecker zum IR TV-Steuermodul 

(70 0360 30) und einmalig die Dienstleistung Programmierung TV-Steuermodul 

(70 0360 50). 

Programmierung Programming 

Das IR TV‐Steuermodul ist erst funktionsfähig, wenn der Steuercode des benutzten 

TV‐Gerätetyps programmiert ist. Diese Programmierung wird von Tunstall GmbH 

durchgeführt (Bestell‐Nr. 70 0360 50). 


00 8802 85, 11/09 (Rev. 2.0) 

IR TV control module universal Audio, order no. 70 0360 11 

Interface for control of a standard TV set using infrared signals. Integrated audio amplifier 

for control of a patient handset. The output volume can be adjusted within definite limits 

using a programming tool. The audio levels have to be adapted to the patient handsets. 


manual. 

Connection socket Combi, TVL (70 0424 50) and connection socket Combi, TVL bedhead 

unit (70 0434 50) allow TV control in combination with patient handset (74 0747 00), RAN 

interface TV (70 0860 00) and IR TV control module universal Audio (70 0360 11). 

Warning! These connections sockets are used only for this application. 

IR TV control module universal Audio allows the control and tone transmission from 

standard TV sets using infrared signals. Additionally needed: Kit for IR TV control module 

Audio (70 0360 21), Addressing plug for IR TV control module (70 0360 30) and one-time 

TV control module programming service (70 0360 50). 

Before the IR TV control module can be used, the control code of the used TV model has to 

be programmed. This programming is done by Tunstall GmbH (order no. 70 0360 50). 

Befestigung an der Rückwand des TV‐Geräts z.B. mit Klebepads. Fixing on the back part of the TV set e.g. using sticky pads. 

Betten zuordnen (Adressierung) Assigning beds (Addressing) 

Im Auslieferungszustand wird das IR TV‐Steuermodul von allen angeschlossenen Patienten‐ 

bediengeräten (PBK) angesteuert. So ändern Sie die Einstellung: 

1. Um das IR TV‐Steuermodul in den Adressiermodus zu versetzen, stecken Sie den 

Adressierstecker (Bestell‐Nr. 70 0360 30) in die zweite Buchse von links. 

Nach ca. 5 Sekunden wechselt das IR TV‐Steuermodul in den Adressiermodus. 

2. Drücken Sie nacheinander an allen PBKs, die dieses TV‐Gerät steuern sollen, die Taste 

”TV einschalten” bzw. ”TV‐Programm vorwärts”. 

3. Ziehen Sie den Adressierstecker wieder ab. 

Die Betten sind zugeordnet. 

Hinweis! Wenn der Adressierstecker gesteckt und wieder abgezogen wird, ohne dass eine 

PBK ausgelöst wird, werden die Befehle von allen angeschlossenen PBKs akzeptiert 

(Auslieferungszustand). Es gilt immer die zuletzt gelernte Einstellung. 

Entertainment 

ELA 

Ie 

70 0424 50 

RAN 

70 0860 00 

PBK Hand 


74 0747 00 

Daten 

Data 

Ton 

Tone 

74 0747 00 

00 0280 40 

00 0280 40 

70 0360 11 

70 0360 11 


In delivery state the IR TV control module is controlled by all connected patient handsets. This 

is how you change this setting: 

1. Plug the addressing plug (order no. 70 0360 30) into the second socket from the left. 

After 5 seconds the IR TV control module changes to addressing mode. 

2. Press in succession the button ”TV on” / ”Programme +” at all patient units, which shall 

control the TV set. 

3. Disconnect the addressing plug. 

The beds are assigned. 

Note! If you press no button between plugging and disconnecting the addressing plug, the 

IR TV control module is controlled by all connected patient handsets (delivery state). 

Always the last learned setting is valid. 

70 0360 21 

SCART 

IR 

Adressierstecker 

Addressing plug 

70 0360 30 

Scart 

IR 

SCART 

70 0360 11 

IR 

70 0360 11 

IR TV-Steuermodul universal Audio 

IR TV control module universal Audio

OSYnet + Ip 

OSYnet + Ip 


Is 

47 

47 

00 8802 85, 11/09 (Rev. 2.0) 

74 0510 00 

+ 77 0805 00 

+ 70 0491 00 

12 34 

5 

67 



ComTerminal 

70 0360 11 

70 0360 11 




70 0360 21 70 0360 21 


IR 

IR 

70 0360 21 

70 0360 21 

70 0360 21 



socket 

RJ 45 Dose 

2 

3 

7 1 

70 0360 21 

00 0280 39 surface / Aufputz RJ 45 connection 

00 0280 40 recesssed / Unterputz socket 

RJ 45 Dose 

2 


2 

3 

7 

1 

6 

TV tone 1 / TV −Ton 1 

2 

6 

3 

7 

2 

TV tone 2 / TV−Ton 2 

2 

6 

7 

3 


2 

RJ 45 


Westernbuchse 

2 

70 0860 00 

1 

Uout+ 

2 

3 

7 Uout− 

6 

3 

1 x per room RAN interface TV 

1 x pro Zimmer RAN-Schnittstelle TV 

+24V 

4 

5 

31 

32 

1 

6 

1 

6 




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

0V 

RAN 

+24V 

8 

11 

2 

Connection 

field 

Anschlussfeld 

TVb 

Uout− 

Uout+ 

TVa 







+24V 

40 

39 

38 


TV tone channel: 

Bed number: 

OV 

LS 

SCHB 

TV4a 

TV2a 

OV 

OV 

MIC 

TV4b 

TV2b 

74 0747 00 

Jumpers 

position 

Jumpers 

position 

Set 

jumper 

Bed 

number 

70 0434 50 

TV3a 

ELA5a 

ELA4a 

TV3b 

ELA5b 

ELA4b 

− For stellate TV tone 

set as bed number 

− Where TV tone is parallel, 

select tone channel 1 

P3 P2 P1 

Bed 1 = P1 

Bed 2 = P2 

Bed 3 = P1, P2 

Bed 4 = P3 

Bed 5 = P1, P3 

Bed 6 = P2, P3 

20 

18 

39 

37 

35 

33 

31 

29 

27 

25 

23 

21 

19 

17 

15 

13 

11 

9 

7 

5 

3 

1 

ELA3a 

ELA2a 

OV 

OV 

ELA3b 

ELA2b 

OV 

OV 


74 0747 00 





FB4 

FB2 

RAN 

OV 

FB3 

FB1 

LT2 

ELA1b 

TV1b 

OV 

OV 

ELA1a 

3 

2 

1 

+24V 

+24V 

40 

38 

36 

34 

32 

30 

28 

26 

24 

22 

20 

18 

16 

14 

12 

10 

8 

6 

4 

2 

TV-Tonkanal: 

Bettennummer: 

70 0434 50 

Jumper Lage der Lage der 

steckt Jumper 

Jumper 

Betten 

Nummer 

−Bei sternförmigen 

TV−Ton wie Betten− 

nummer einstellen. 

−Bei parallelem TV−Ton 

auf Tonkanal 1 einstellen. 

Bett 1 = P1 

Bett 2 = P2 


Bett 4 = P3 



TV1a 

+24V 

P3 P2 P1 



Notes: 




Hinweise: 








RAN‐Schnittstelle Normalruf, Best.‐Nr. 70 0840 00 

Schnittstelle zur Verbindung von Rufgeräten mit dem Zimmerbus (RAN). Die Schnittstelle 

stellt einen Schalteingang für Normalruf und einen Ausgang als Finde- und 

Beruhigungslicht zur Verfügung. Über Codierschalter kann der Ruf mit einer Bettenkennung 

versehen werden. 

RAN‐Schnittstelle Normalruf mit automatischer Rufabstellung, Best.‐Nr. 70 0840 01 

wie 70 0840 00, jedoch mit automatischer Rufabstellung. Der Ruf wird automatisch 

abgestellt, wenn der Kontakt des angeschlossenen Rufgeräts wieder geöffnet wird. 

Achtung: Die RAN‐Schnittstelle, Bestell‐Nr. 70 0840 01, funktioniert erst, wenn eine 

Bettennummer eingestellt wurde, siehe B. 

RAN‐Schnittstelle Alarmruf, Best.‐Nr. 70 0841 00 

Schnittstelle zur Verbindung von Rufgeräten mit dem Zimmerbus (RAN). Die Schnittstelle 

stellt einen Schalteingang für Alarmruf und einen Ausgang als Finde- und Beruhigungslicht 

zur Verfügung. 

RAN‐Schnittstelle Alarmruf mit automatischer Rufabstellung, Best.‐Nr. 70 0841 01 

wie 70 0841 00, jedoch mit automatischer Rufabstellung. Der Ruf wird automatisch 

abgestellt, wenn der Kontakt des angeschlossenen Rufgeräts wieder geöffnet wird. 





Vorsicht! Führen Sie die Installation nur im spannungsfreien Zustand aus. Sonst 

könnte die RAN‐Schnittstelle beschädigt werden. 


Montage der RAN‐Schnittstellen mit den mitgelieferten Halterungen auf eine 

35 mm‐Z-Schiene oder in eine handelsübliche Einbaudose. 


Schaltausgang 

Uout = 24 V; Iout max. = 10 mA 

Findelichtfunktion 

IFL max. = 0,5 mA 

Externer Taster S1 

min. Schaltstrom: 0,1 mA, 5 V DC 

max. Leitungslänge an Punkt 4, 5, 6, 7 = 5 m 

00 8800 45, 01/09 (Rev. 6.0) 

RAN interface normal call, order no. 70 0840 00 

Interface for connection of call devices to the room bus (RAN). The interface has a 

switching input for normal calls and an output for location and reassurance light. The bed 

identification can be set by coding switches. 

RAN interface normal call with automatic call cancelling, order no. 70 0840 01 

as 70 0840 00, but with automatic call cancelling. The call is cancelled, when the contact of 

the connected call device is opened again. 

Attention: The RAN interface, order no. 70 0840 01, only works, after a bed number has 

been set, see B. 

RAN interface code blue / cardiac alarm, order no. 70 0841 00 


switching input for codes blue / cardiac alarm and an output for location and reassurance 

light. 

RAN interface code blue/cardiac alarm with automatic call cancelling, order no. 70 0841 01 




manual. 



Caution! During installation the power supply should be switched off to ensure 

zero-potential status. Otherwise, the RAN interface could be damaged. 

Mounting the RAN interface with the delivered mounts on a 35 mm Z rail or in a standard 

back box. 

Switch output 


Location light function 

ILL max. = 0.5 mA 

External switch S1 

min. switching current: 0.1 mA, 5 V DC 

max. wiring length at point 4, 5, 6, 7 = 5 m 

Bettennummer einstellen (nur bei 70 0840 00, 70 0840 01) Setting bed number (only for 70 0841 00, 70 0841 01) 

An der RAN-Schnittstelle Normalruf mit automatischer Rufabstellung (70 0840 01) muss die 

entsprechende Bettennummer eingestellt werden. An der RAN-Schnittstelle Normalruf (70 

0840 00) kann die entsprechende Bettennummer eingestellt werden. 

Hierzu werden Codierschalter 1, 2 und 3 verwendet. 

Achtung! Bei Bettennummer 6 im Zimmer kann kein Diagnostik‐Ruf verwendet werden. 

Hinweis: Wenn die Einstellung der Bettennummer geändert wurde, muss ein Reset für 

diese RAN‐Schnittstelle durchgeführt werden, d.h. 24 Volt ausschalten und anschließend 

wieder einschalten. 

RAN 

S 1 

70 0840 0X 

RAN-Schnittstelle Normalruf 

RAN interface normal call 

70 0840 00 

70 0840 01 

70 0841 00 

70 0841 01 

ON 

1 2 3 4 5 

Codierschalter 5: 

Funktion des Tasters 

ON = Öffner 

OFF = Schließer 

Coding switch 5: 

switch function 

ON = normally closed contact 

OFF = normally open contact 


At the RAN interface normal call with automatic call cancelling (70 0840 01) the corresponding 

bed number has to be set. At the RAN interface normal call (70 0840 00) the corresponding bed 

number can be set. 

For this, use the code switches 1, 2 and 3. 

Attention: Diagnostic call not possible with bed number 6 im Zimmer. 

Note: After the bed number setting was changed, this RAN interface must be reset by switching 

off and on the 24 V power supply. 

Codierschalter 

Coding switches 

70 0840 00 

70 0840 01 

ON 

1 2 3 4 5 

70 0841 0X 

RAN-Schnittstelle Alarmruf 

RAN interface code blue / cardiac alarm 

Werkseitige Einstellung: 

4 = OFF, nicht verändern! 

Factory setting: 

4 = OFF, do not change! 

Bett 

Bed 

= 0 

= 1 

= 2 

= 3 

= 4 

= 5 

= 6


RAN-Schnittstelle Telefonruf, Best.‐Nr. 70 0842 00 

Schnittstelle zur Verbindung eines Telefonanschaltrelais (Bestell‐Nr. 11 5300 00) oder eines 

Telefonkontaktes an den Zimmerbus (RAN). 








Montage der RAN‐Schnittstellen mit den mitgelieferten Halterungen auf eine 

35 mm‐Z-Schiene oder in eine handelsübliche Einbaudose. 


00 8800 45, 01/09 (Rev. 6.0) 

Telefonanschaltrelais 

Telephone interface relais 

11 5300 00 

7 

8 

9 

RAN 

24V 

0V 



70 0491 00 

Telefonnetz 

Telephone net 

3 

2 

1 

5 

4 

3 

0V 

1 

RAN 

2 

+24V 

3 

RAN interface telephone call, order no. 70 0842 00 

Interface for connection of a telephone interface relay (order no. 11 5300 00) to the room bus 

(RAN). 


manual. 






back box. 

3 

4 

1 

70 0842 00 

RAN-Schnittstelle Telefonruf 

RAN interface telephone call 


In 

In 

max. 5 m 

RAN‐Schnittstelle Telefonruf 


70 0842 00 

Zimmerleuchte für Telefonruf 

Room lamp for telephone call 

10 1201 00 oder/or 77 0180 00 

weißes Leuchtfeld 

white light section 



Instructions d'installation F Installation Instructions GB 

Interface RAN appel normal, référence 70 0840 00 

Interface pour la liaison d'appareils d'appel au bus de chambre RAN. 

L'interface met à disposition une entrée de commutation pour appel, une sortie pour voyant 

de tranquillisation. Via un commutateur programmable, l'appel peut être pourvu d'une 

identification de lit. 

Interface RAN appel normal avec arrêt automatique, référence 70 0840 01 

comme 70 0840 00, mais avec arrêt d'appel automatique. L'appel est arrêté 

automatiquement, si le contact d'appareil connecté est ouvert de nouveau. 

Attention: L'interface RAN, référence 70 0840 01, fonctionne seulement, si un numéro de lit 

a été affecté, confer B. 

Interface RAN appel alarme, référence 70 0841 00 

Interface pour la liaison d'appareils d'appel au bus de chambre RAN. 

L'interface met à disposition une entrée de commutation pour appel alarme, une sortie pour 

voyant de tranquillisation. 

Interface RAN appel alarme avec arrêt automatique, référence 70 0841 01 

comme 70 0841 00, mais avec arrêt d'appel automatique. L'appel est arrêté 

automatiquement, si le contact d'appareil connecté est ouvert de nouveau. 

Remarque ! L'installation complète du système est décrite dans le manuel 

technique. 

Attention ! Le circuit imprimé est équipé de pièces à risque électrostatique. 

Veiller à éviter le contact direct. 

Attention ! Mettre hors tension avant de procéder au raccordement électrique. 

Sinon, l'interface RAN pourrait être endommagée. 


Monter l'interface RAN avec les supports livrés sur un rail de support Z 35 mm ou dans une 

boîte d'encastrement usuelle. 

Connexion Connection 

Sortie 


Led de veille 

ILED de veille max. = 0,5 mA 

Bouton extérieur S1 

Intensité min. de coupure: 0,1 mA, 5 V DC 

Points 4, 5, 6, 7 longueur max. = 5 m 

00 8800 45, 01/09 (Rev. 6.0) 

RAN interface normal call, order no. 70 0840 00 


switching input for normal calls and an output for location and reassurance light. The bed 

identification can be set by coding switches. 

RAN interface normal call with automatic call cancelling, order no. 70 0840 01 



Attention: The RAN interface, order no. 70 0840 01, only works, after a bed number has 

been set, see B. 

RAN interface code blue / cardiac alarm, order no. 70 0841 00 


switching input for codes blue / cardiac alarm and an output for location and reassurance 

light. 

RAN interface code blue/cardiac alarm with automatic call cancelling, order no. 70 0841 01 




manual. 






back box. 

Switch output 


Location light function 

ILL max. = 0.5 mA 

External switch S1 

min. switching current: 0.1 mA, 5 V DC 

max. wiring length at point 4, 5, 6, 7 = 5 m 

Affectation du numéro de lit (seulement 70 0840 00, 70 0840 01) Setting bed number (only for 70 0841 00, 70 0841 01) 

À l'interface RAN appel normal avec arrêt automatique (70 0840 01) il faut affecter le 

numéro de lit. À l'interface RAN appel normal (70 0840 00) il est possible d'affecter le 

numéro de lit. 

Les commutateurs 1, 2 et 3 sont utilisés. 

Attention! Il n'est pas possible de générer un appel diagnostic dans le cas de l'utilisation du 

numéro de lit 6 dans la chambre. 

Indication: Si l'affectation du numéro de lit a été changée, il faut faire un reset. d'interface. 

C'est-à-dire mettre hors tension le 24 Volt et mettre à nouveau ensuite. 

RAN 

S 1 

70 0840 0X 

Interface RAN appel normal 

RAN interface normal call 

70 0840 00 

70 0840 01 

70 0841 00 

70 0841 01 

ON 

1 2 3 4 5 

Commutateur de codage 5: 

Fonction du bouton 

ON = contact à ouverture 

OFF = contact à fermeture 

Coding switch 5: 

switch function 

ON = normally closed contact 

OFF = normally open contact 


At the RAN interface normal call with automatic call cancelling (70 0840 01) the corresponding 

bed number has to be set. At the RAN interface normal call (70 0840 00) the corresponding bed 

number can be set. 

For this, use the code switches 1, 2 and 3. 

Attention: Diagnostic call not possible with bed number 6 im Zimmer. 

Note: After the bed number setting was changed, this RAN interface must be reset by switching 

off and on the 24 V power supply. 

70 0840 00 

70 0840 01 

Commutateurs de codage 

Coding switches 

ON 

1 2 3 4 5 

70 0841 0X 

Interface RAN appel alarme 

RAN interface code blue / cardiac alarm 

Configuration usine: 

4 = OFF, ne pas changer! 

Factory setting: 

4 = OFF, do not change! 

Lit 

Bed 

= 0 

= 1 

= 2 

= 3 

= 4 

= 5 

= 6

Instructions d'installation F Installation Instructions GB 

Interface RAN appel téléphone, référence 70 0842 00 

Interface pour la liaison avec un bloc de renvoi téléphone (référence 11 5300 00) ou contact 

téléphone avec le bus RAN. 

Remarque ! L'installation complète du système est décrite dans le manuel 

technique. 

Attention ! Le circuit imprimé est équipé de pièces à risque électrostatique. 

Veiller à éviter le contact direct. 

Attention ! Mettre hors tension avant de procéder au raccordement électrique. 

Sinon, l'interface RAN pourrait être endommagée. 


Monter l'interface RAN avec les supports livrés sur un rail de support Z 35 mm ou dans une 

boîte d'encastrement usuelle. 

Raccordement Connection 

00 8800 45, 01/09 (Rev. 6.0) 

Bloc renvoi téléphone 

Telephone interface relais 

11 5300 00 

7 

8 

9 

RAN 

24V 

0V 

Bloc de raccordement ComTerminal 


70 0491 00 

réseau téléphonique 

Telephone net 

3 

2 

1 

5 

4 

3 

0V 

1 

RAN 

2 

+24V 

3 

RAN interface telephone call, order no. 70 0842 00 

Interface for connection of a telephone interface relay (order no. 11 5300 00) to the room bus 

(RAN). 


manual. 






back box. 

3 

4 

1 

70 0842 00 

Interface RAN pour appel téléphone 



In 

In 

max. 5 m 

Interface RAN appel téléphone 


70 0842 00 

Hublot pour appel téléphone 

Room lamp for telephone call 

10 1201 00 ou/or 77 0180 00 

voyant blanc 

white light section 




RAN-Schnittstelle TV, Best.‐Nr. 70 0860 00 

Schnittstelle zur Verbindung des Zimmerbus (RAN) und der Fernsehsteuerung. 

In Verbindung mit PBK Hand und Steckvorrichtung Kombi (70 0424 00) / Steckvorrichtung 

Kombi Kanal (70 0434 00) steht die Möglichkeit der Bedienung des Patientenfernsehens 

zur Verfügung. 

Die Schnittstelle überträgt alle erforderlichen Signale zur Bedienung für die 

Fernsehsteuerung. 








00 8800 68, 01/09 (Rev. 4.0) 

RAN interface TV, order no. 70 0860 00 

Interface for connection of TV control to the room bus (RAN). 

Intended installation in the electric supply unit or a back box. 

With the patient handset plugged into the connection socket combi (70 0424 00) or connection 

socket comb bedhead unit (70 0434 00), the patient is able to control the TV. 

The interface transmits all of required signals to operate the TV control. 


manual. 





Einbau in medizinische Versorgungseinheit oder in eine Einbaudose. Installation in the medical supply unit or a back box. 

Bettennummer einstellen Setting bed number 

Die Einstellung der Bettennummer und der anderen Optionen erfolgt durch Jumper auf der 

jeweiligen Steckvorrichtung (70 0434 00). 

Hinweis: Bei Verwendung der Bettennummer 6 kann kein Diagnostik‐Ruf verwendet 

werden. 


47 

12 34 

5 

67 

47 

Montagefüße für Tragschiene 35 mm 

Mounts for mounting on 35 mm supporting rail 

70 0860 00 

RAN-Schnittstelle TV 

RAN interface TV 


Setting of bed numbers and other options are effected by placing jumpers in the appropriate 

positions at connection socket (70 0434 00). 

Note: Diagnostic call not possible with bed number 6. 

RAN 

zur TV-Steuereinheit 

to TV control unit 

Schaltausgang 

Output 

Uout = 24V 

Iout max. = 10mA 

Anschlusspunkte 6 und 7: 

max. Leitungslänge 12 m 

Connection points 6 and 7: 

max. cable length 12 m


OSYnet + Ip 

OSYnet + Ip 

Is 

47 

47 

00 8800 68, 01/09 (Rev. 4.0) 

74 0510 00 

+ 77 0805 00 

+ 70 0491 00 

12 34 

5 

67 

ComTerminal 


74 7002 00 TV control module 

TV-Steuermodul 

70 0360 01 


74 7002 00 TV control module 

TV-Steuermodul 

70 0360 01 





socket 

RJ 45 Dose 


socket 

RJ 45 Dose 





3 

7 1 


2 

3 

7 

1 

6 

TV tone 1 / TV −Ton 1 

2 

6 

3 

7 


2 

6 

7 


2 

RJ 45 


Westernbuchse 

2 

Uout+ 

Uout− 

70 0860 00 

1 

6 

2 

7 

3 

1 x per room 

1 x pro Zimmer 

4 

5 

31 

32 

1 

6 

1 

6 




0V 

RAN 

+24V 

8 

11 

2 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

Connection 

field 

Anschlussfeld 




RAN interface TV 

RAN-Schnittstelle TV 




40 

39 

38 


TV tone channel: 

Bed number: 

OV 

LS 

SCHB 

TV4a 

TV2a 

OV 

OV 

MIC 

TV4b 

TV2b 

74 0747 00 

Jumpers 

position 

Jumpers 

position 

Set 

jumper 

Bed 

number 

70 0434 00 

TV3a 

ELA5a 

ELA4a 

TV3b 

ELA5b 

ELA4b 

− For stellate TV tone 

set as bed number 

− Where TV tone is parallel, 

select tone channel 1 

P3 P2 P1 

Bed 1 = P1 

Bed 2 = P2 

Bed 3 = P1, P2 

Bed 4 = P3 

Bed 5 = P1, P3 

Bed 6 = P2, P3 

20 

18 

39 

37 

35 

33 

31 

29 

27 

25 

23 

21 

19 

17 

15 

13 

11 

9 

7 

5 

3 

1 

ELA3a 

ELA2a 

OV 

OV 

ELA3b 

ELA2b 

OV 

OV 


74 0747 00 





FB4 

FB2 

RAN 

OV 

FB3 

FB1 

70 0434 00 

LT2 

ELA1b 

TV1b 

OV 

OV 

ELA1a 

3 

2 

1 

+24V 

+24V 

40 

38 

36 

34 

32 

30 

28 

26 

24 

22 

20 

18 

16 

14 

12 

10 

8 

6 

4 

2 

TV-Tonkanal: 

Bettennummer: 

Jumper Lage der Lage der 

steckt Jumper 

Jumper 

Betten 

Nummer 

−Bei sternförmigen 

TV−Ton wie Betten− 

nummer einstellen. 

−Bei parallelem TV−Ton 

auf Tonkanal 1 einstellen. 

Bett 1 = P1 

Bett 2 = P2 


Bett 4 = P3 



TV1a 

+24V 

P3 P2 P1 



Notes: 




Hinweise: 








RAN‐Schnittstelle mit Sprechen, Best.‐Nr. 70 0880 00 

Schnittstelle zum Anschluss eines Patiententerminals an den Zimmerbus (RAN). 








Die RAN-Schnittstelle wird in eine zweiteilige Einbaudose eingebaut oder mittels der zwei 

Halterungen auf einer 35 mm-Z-Schiene befestigt. 

MIC 

LS 

SCH 

0V 

+24V 

RAN 

Halterungen mounts 


Zimmerbus RAN 

0V 

00 8801 00, 01/09 (Rev. 5.0) 

MIC−IN 

LS−OUT 

MIC−GND 

0V 

+24V 

BL 

RT 

Interne Verbindung zur Steckvorrichtung 

z.B. MediSET GS 

Leitungslänge max. 5 m 

(Details siehe Installationsunterlagen des Herstellers) 

RAN interface with speech, order no. 70 0880 00 

Interface for connecting a patient terminal to the room bus (RAN). 


manual. 





The RAN interface is mounted into a 2-gang back box or is fixed on a 35 mm Z rail by the two 

mounts. 

MIC 

LS 

SCH 

0V 

+24V 

RAN 

Room bus RAN 

0V 

. . 

MIC−IN 

LS−OUT 

MIC−GND 

0V 

+24V 

BL 

RT 

Internal connection to connection socket 

e.g. MediSET GS 

Cable length max. 5 m 

(For details refer to manufacturer's instructions) 

Bettennummer einstellen Setting the bed number 

Über die Jumper auf der Leiterplatte kann die entsprechende Bettennummer eingestellt 

werden. Hierzu werden Codierschalter 1, 2 und 3 verwendet. 

Use the jumpers on the board to set the appropriate bed number. Use code switches 1, 2, 3. 

= Bett 1 

= Bed 1 

= Bett 2 

= Bett 3 

= Bett 4 

= Bed 2 

= Bed 3 

= Bed 4 

= Bett 5 

= Bed 5 

= Bett 6 *1 

= Bed 6 *1 

*1 Achtung: Bei Bettennummer 6 kann kein Diagnostikruf verwendet werden. *1 Attention: Diagnostic call not possible with bed number 6. 

70 0880 00 

RAN-Schnittstelle mit Sprechen 

RAN interface with speech 


Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, D−48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de 


OSYlink-Türsprechstelle, Best.-Nr. 77 0801 00 

Schnittstelle zum Anschluss einer Türsprechstelle, Bestell-Nr. 77 0350 00, an den 

Gruppenbus (OSYnet). 

2-Draht-Anschluss zur Türsprechstelle (inkl. Daten und Sprache) 

Anschluss für Türöffner-Transformator 12 V AC 

Eingang zur lokalen Ruflöschung in Verbindung mit einem separaten Taster (Schließer 

nach 24 V) 

Max. Stromaufnahme: 380 mA 





00 8802 34, 06/06 (Rev. 1.0) 

OSYlink−Door Entry Speaker, order no. 77 0801 00 

Interface for connecting a door entry speaker, order no. 77 0350 00, to the group bus 

(OSYnet). 

2-wire-connection to the door entry speaker (including data and speech) 

Connection for door opener transformer 12 V AC 

Input for local call cancelling in combination with a separate switch (N/O contact to 24 V) 

Max. current consumption: 380 mA 


manual. 




Wahlweise Montage auf Hutschiene oder Wandmontage 

Optionally mounting on supporting rail or wall mounting. 

A1: Montage auf Hutschiene (35 mm) 

A1: Mounting on supporting rail (35 mm) 

OSYlink 1 auf die Hutschiene 3 aufklipsen, bis es einrastet. 

Click the OSYlink 1 onto the supporting rail 3. 

A2: Wandmontage 

1. Die drei Befestigungsclips 2 soweit herausschieben, bis die Öffnungen für die 

Schrauben 4 frei liegen. 

2. OSYlink 1 an der Wand festschrauben. 

A2: Wall mounting 

1. Push out the three fixing clips 2 until the holes for the screws 4 appear. 

2. Screw the OSYlink 1 to the wall. 

Adresse einstellen (1 − 110) Setting of address (1 − 110) 

Zum Einstellen der Adresse auf der Leiterplatte dienen die Codierschalter 1 bis 7 mit den 





Codierschalter 8 und 9 nicht verändern! Werkseitige Einstellung: OFF. 

Reset 

Um einen Hardware−Reset durchzuführen, den Codierschalter 10 für eine Sekunde auf ON 

und anschließend wieder auf OFF stellen. Ein Hardware−Reset muss durchgeführt werden, 

wenn eine Codierschalterstellung verändert wurde. Sonst werden die geänderten 

Einstellungen nicht übernommen. 

For setting the address on the printed circuit board please use the code switches 1 to 7 with 

the values 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. Set the appropriate switch to ON. 


Address 24 is selected through addition, coding switch 4 and 5 (8 + 16 = 24). 

Do not change code switches 8 and 9! Factory set: OFF. 

Reset 

To reset the OSYlink you have to set code switch 10 to ON for one second, then back to OFF. 

A reset has to be made, if a code switch setting has been changed. Otherwise the new setting 

will not be activated. 

ESD-Schutzabdeckung (Best.-Nr. 00 0276 53) ESD protection cover (order no. 00 0276 53) 

Nach dem Anschließen der Leitungen (siehe Rückseite) die ESD-Schutzabdeckung 

aufsetzen. (ESD = Electro Static Discharge = Elektrostatische Entladung) 

After you have connected the cables (see reverse side), you have to put the ESD protection 

cover on the OSYlink. (ESD = Electro Static Discharge) 

Demontage von der Hutschiene Dismantling from supporting rail 

Einen Schraubendreher in die sichtbare Öffnung des schwarzen Befestigungsclips stecken 

und dann den Clip nach oben herausziehen, bis sich das OSYlink 1 von der Hutschiene 3 

löst. 

 

58 mm 

Montage auf Hutschiene 

Mounting on supporting rail 

2 

77 0801 00 

OSYlink-Türsprechstelle 

OSYlink-Door entry speaker 

3 

2 2 

1 

Rote Kontroll-LED blinkt langsam 

(1 Sek. EIN / 1 Sek. AUS), wenn OSYlink 

ok ist. Sonst liegt eine Störung vor. 

Red control LED flashes slowly 

(1 sec ON, 1 sec OFF), if OSYlink is ok. 

Otherwise there is a fault. 1 

106 mm 

90 mm 


Put a screw driver into the visible hole of the black fixing clip. Then pull the clip upwards, 

until the OSYlink 1 comes loose from the supporting rail 3. 

 

ON 

Wandmontage 

Wall mounting 

4 

1 2 3 4 5 6 

2 

4 

8 

16 

Adresse 

Address 

7 

32 

64 

8 9 10 

Reset 

2 

2 2 

1 

ESD-Schutzabdeckung 

ESD protection cover 

4 

4




OSYlink-Gruppenleuchte, Best.-Nr. 77 0802 00 

Schnittstelle zum Anschluss von Gruppenleuchten an den Gruppenbus (OSYnet). 

Einsetzbar als Sammel− oder Richtungsanzeige. Raumzuordnung und Bildung von Gruppen 

möglich. 

4 x 2 potentialfreie Ausgänge zur Anschaltung von 4 Gruppenleuchten mit je 2 Leuchtfeldern 

Stromversorgung wählbar (Jumper) intern aus der Rufanlage oder extern 

Anzeige nach DIN VDE 0834, zentral konfigurierbar 

Zentrale, flexible Konfiguration der Blinkfolgen und Zuordnung der Teilnehmeradressen 

Max. Stromaufnahme: 26 mA + 60 mA je Ausgang 





00 8802 35, 06/06 (Rev. 1.0) 

OSYlink−Group lamp, order no. 77 0802 00 

Interface for connecting group lamps to the group bus (OSYnet). Usable as collective or 

direction display. Room allocation and group forming possible. 

4 x 2 potential-free outputs for connecting 4 group lamps, with two light sections each 

Power supply selectable (jumper) internal from the call system or external 

Display compliant with DIN VDE 0834, centrally configurable 

Central, flexible configuration of flash-signal sequences and allocation of user addresses 

Max. current consumption: 26 mA + 60 mA per output 


manual. 
























Reset 








Address 24 is selected through addition, coding switch 4 and 5 (8 + 16 = 24). 


Reset 




ESD-Schutzabdeckung (Bestell-Nr. 00 0276 53) ESD protection cover (order no. 00 276 53) 








löst. 

 



2 

58 mm 

77 0802 00 

OSYlink-Gruppenleuchte 

OSYlink-Group lamp 

3 

2 2 

1 






Otherwise there is a fault. 

106 mm 

90 mm 




 

ON 

Wandmontage 

Wall mounting 

4 

1 2 3 4 5 6 

1 

2 

4 

8 

16 

32 

64 

Adresse 

Address 

7 

8 9 10 

2 

2 2 

Reset 

1 



4 

4




OSYlink-Universal, Best.-Nr. 77 0803 00 

Schnittstelle zur Anschaltung von Fremdanlagen und/oder technischen Einrichtungen an 

den Gruppenbus (OSYnet). 

Je 1 überwachter Schalteingang für Ruf (IN 1), Notruf (IN 2), Alarmruf (IN 3) 

Je 1 elektronischer Ausgang für Ruf (OUT 1), Notruf (OUT 2), Alarmruf (OUT 3) 

1 überwachter Schalteingang, konfigurierbar (IN 4) 

1 elektronischer Ausgang, konfigurierbar (OUT 4) 

1 Schalteingang, konfigurierbar (IN 8) 

1 elektronischer Ausgang, konfigurierbar, mit Findelicht-Funktion (OUT 6) (Funktional 

dem Schalteingang zugeordnet) 

3 Schalteingänge, konfigurierbar (IN 5 − 7) 

1 elektronischer Ausgang, konfigurierbar (OUT 5) 

2 Relaisausgänge, konfigurierbar (Wechselkontakt, Spannungsquelle intern oder extern 

wählbar per Jumper) (OUT 7 − 8) 

Zentrale, flexible Konfiguration der Ein− und Ausgänge 






00 8802 36, 08/06 (Rev. 1.0) 

OSYlink−Universal, order no. 77 0803 00 

Interface for connecting external systems and/or technical installations to the group bus 

(OSYnet). 

1 monitored input per call category: call (IN 1), emergency call (IN 2), 

code blue/cardiac alarm (IN 3) 

1 solid state output per call category: call (OUT 1), emergency call (OUT 2), 

code blue/cardiac alarm (OUT 3) 

1 monitored input, configurable (IN 4) 

1 solid state output, configurable (OUT 4) 

1 input, configurable (IN 8) 

1 solid state output, configurable, with location light function (OUT 6) (function−related to 

digital input) 

3 inputs, configurable (IN 5 − 7) 

1 solid state output, configurable (OUT 5) 

2 relay outputs, configurable (change−over contact, voltage source internal or external 

selectable by jumper) (OUT 7 − 8) 

Central, flexible configuration of the inputs and outputs 



manual. 
























Reset 










Reset 












löst. 

 

58 mm 

77 0803 00 

OSYlink-Universal 



3 

2 

2 2 

160 mm 

1 







90 mm 




4 

 

ON 

Wandmontage 

Wall mounting 

2 

1 2 3 4 5 6 

1 

2 

4 

8 

16 

32 

64 

Adresse 

Address 

7 

8 9 10 

Reset 

2 

2 

1 



4 

4




OSYlink-Durchsage, Best.-Nr. 77 0804 00 

Schnittstelle zum Anschluss von Durchsagelautsprechern, Bestell-Nr. 05 0024 00, an den 

Gruppenbus (OSYnet). Anschaltung als Einzelgerät oder in Gruppen. 

1 Audio-Ausgang zur Ansteuerung von aktiven Lautsprechern (max. 5 Lautsprecher) 

1 potentialfreier Schaltausgang zur Steuerung der Zuschaltkennung 






00 8802 37, 06/06 (Rev. 1.0) 

OSYlink−Announcement, order no. 77 0804 00 

Interface for connecting announcement loudspeakers, order no. 05 0024 00, to the group 

bus (OSYnet). Connection of single devices or groups. 

1 audio output for driving active loudspeakers (max. 5 loudspeakers) 

1 potential-free digital output for control of signalling the activity of the announcement 

system 



manual. 
























Reset 










Reset 












löst. 

 



2 

58 mm 

77 0804 00 

OSYlink-Durchsage 

OSYlink-Announcement 

3 

2 2 

1 







106 mm 

90 mm 




 

ON 

Wandmontage 

Wall mounting 

4 

1 2 3 4 5 6 

1 

2 

4 

8 

16 

32 

64 

Adresse 

Address 

7 

8 9 10 

2 

2 2 

Reset 

1 



4 

4




OSYlink-ComTerminal, Best.‐Nr. 77 0805 00 

Schnittstellen-Leiterplatte zum Anschluss eines ComTerminals, Best.‐Nr. 74 0510 00, oder 

eines NewLine ComTerminals, Best.‐Nr. 70 xxxx xx, an den Gruppenbus (OSYnet). 





00 8802 38, 08/06 (Rev. 1.0) 

OSYlink-ComTerminal, order no. 77 0805 00 

Interface printed circuit board for connecting a ComTerminal, order no. 74 0510 00, or a 

NewLine ComTerminal, order no. 70 xxxx xx, to the group bus (OSYnet). 


manual. 



Montage an ComTerminal, Best.‐Nr. 74 0510 00 Mounting to ComTerminal, order no. 74 0510 00 

1. Terminal‐Frontteil 5 von der Wand abnehmen, wie in der Verpackungsbeilage zum 

ComTerminal beschrieben. 

2. Flachkabel 4 von der Steckvorrichtung 1 abziehen. 

3. Die vier Befestigungsschrauben der Terminal-Rückwand 3 ein Stück (nicht vollständig) 

herausdrehen und Terminal-Rückwand 3 abnehmen. 


der Leiterplatte 2 stecken. 

5. Leiterplatte 2 in die zugehörige Buchse der Steckvorrichtung 1 stecken. 

6. Terminal-Rückwand 3 wieder aufsetzen und festschrauben. 


entsteht. Anschließend das Terminal-Frontteil auf die Terminal-Rückwand 

herunterdrücken, bis die Rastnase einrastet. 



1. Demount the front panel 5 from the wall as described in the product leaflet for the 

ComTerminal. 

2. Unplug the flat cable 4 from the connection socket 1. 

3. Loosen the four fixing screws of the pattress and demount the pattress. 


the printed circuit board 2. 

5. Plug the printed circuit board 2 into the appropriate socket on the connection socket 1. 


7. Place front panel 5 into the top of the pattress 3 creating a hinge. Now press the front 

panel downward onto the pattress until the catch engages. 


base of the ComTerminal. 

Montage an NewLine ComTerminal, Best.‐Nr. 70 xxxx xx Mounting to NewLine ComTerminal, order no. 70 xxxx xx 

1. ComTerminal 5 von der Wand abnehmen, wie in der Verpackungsbeilage zum 

ComTerminal beschrieben. 

2. Flachkabel 4 von der Steckvorrichtung 1 abziehen. 

3. Die vier Befestigungsschrauben des Montageblechs 3 ein Stück (nicht vollständig) 

herausdrehen und Montageblech 3 abnehmen. 

4. Flachkabel 4 durch das Montageblech 3 führen und in die zugehörige Buchse auf der 

Leiterplatte 2 stecken. 

5. Leiterplatte 2 in die zugehörige Buchse der Steckvorrichtung 1 stecken. 

6. Montageblech 3 wieder aufsetzen und festschrauben. 

7. ComTerminal 5 von oben auf die Halterungen des Montageblechs 3 schieben. 

Zimmer‐Adresse übernehmen Apply the room address 

Im angeschlossenen ComTerminal muss eine Zimmer‐Adresse eingestellt werden. Dieselbe 

Adresse muss auch in der Leiterplatte OSYlink‐ComTerminal gespeichert werden, d.h. die 

im ComTerminal eingestellte Adresse muss in die Leiterplatte OSYlink-ComTerminal 

übernommen werden: 

1. Zimmer‐Adresse im ComTerminal muss bereits eingestellt sein 

(siehe Verpackungsbeilage zum ComTerminal). 

2. Anwesenheitstaste am ComTerminal einschalten. 

3. Adressen‐Taste an der Leiterplatte OSYlink‐ComTerminal einmal 

drücken. 

4. Anwesenheitstaste am ComTerminal ausschalten. 

Die im ComTerminal eingestellte Adresse ist nun auch in der 

Leiterplatte OSYlink‐ComTerminal gespeichert. 

Adressen‐Taste (Minitaster) 

1 2* 

2* Rückseite / Back side: 

zum Flachkabel 

to flat cable 



3 

4 

5 

74 0510 00 

77 0805 00 

OSYlink-ComTerminal 


1. Demount the ComTerminal 5 from the wall as described in the product leaflet for the 

ComTerminal. 

2. Unplug the flat cable 4 from the connection socket 1. 

3. Loosen the four fixing screws of the mounting frame 3 and demount the mounting frame 

3. 

4. Insert the flat cable 4 through the mounting frame 3 and plug it into the appropriate 

socket on the printed circuit board 2. 

5. Plug the printed circuit board 2 into the appropriate socket on the connection socket 1. 

6. Place the mounting frame 3 on the wall and tighten the screws. 

7. Slide the ComTerminal 5 down onto the mounting frame 3. 

In the connected ComTerminal a room address has to be set. The same address has to be 

stored in the printed circuit board OSYlink‐ComTerminal, i.e. the address set in the 

ComTerminal has to be applied to the printed circuit board OSYlink‐ComTerminal: 

1. Room address must have already been set in the ComTerminal 

(refer to the product leaflet for the ComTerminal). 

2. Switch on staff presence button at the ComTerminal. 

3. Press the address button on the printed circuit board 

OSYlink‐ComTerminal once. 

4. Switch off staff presence button at the ComTerminal. 

The address set in the ComTerminal is now also stored in the 

printed circuit board OSYlink‐ComTerminal. 

address button (mini switch) 

2* Rückseite / Back side: 

1 2* 

zum Flachkabel 

to flat cable 



3 

4 

5 

70 xxxx xx


Appendix 



14..7 Accessories 

70 0790 00 Sound detector 

70 0812 00 Diagnostic connection cable 

77 0901 00 Smoke detector 






Schallwächter, Best.‐Nr. 70 0790 00 

Der Schallwächter dient zur akustischen Kontrolle von Räumen. Automatische Auslösung 

von Rufen durch laute Geräusche. 

Lautstärke und Zeitdauer der Geräusche, die einen Ruf auslösen sollen, können mit den 

Reglern ”Empfindlichkeit” 1 und ”Verzögerung” 2 eingestellt werden. 

Hinweis: Normale Gesprächslautstärke führt nicht zur Rufauslösung. 



Anschlussmöglichkeiten Connection possibilities 

Der Schallwächter kann an unterschiedliche Steckvorrichtungen und 

Patienten‐Bedienkombinationen der Firma Tunstall GmbH angeschlossen werden und dient 

zur akustischen Kontrolle von Räumen. 

Bedienungsanleitung User instructions 

Einschalten 

Durch einfaches Stecken des Mini-DIN-Steckers in die Steckbuchse für Rufgeräte wird das 

Gerät eingeschaltet und ist sofort betriebsbereit. 

Einstellungen 

1 Empfindlichkeit (Ansprechempfindlichkeit): 

Dieser Regler dient zur Einstellung der Lautstärke, ab der das Gerät einen Ruf auslöst. 

Schwellwertskala von 0 bis 9. 

Einstellung 9 = höchste Empfindlichkeit: geringe Geräusche lösen einen Ruf aus. 

2 Verzögerung: 

Dieser Regler dient zur Einstellung der zeitlichen Mindestdauer eines Geräusches, die zur 

Auslösung eines Rufes führt. 

Zeitskala: 0 bis 9 (Verzögerungszeit 0,5 - 6 s) 

Technische Daten Technical data 

Farbe 

hellgrau 

Material 

Kunststoff ABS 

Stromversorgung 

24 VDC / 16 mA Ruhestrom 

00 8800 23, 06/06 (Rev. 2.0) 

70 0790 00 

Schallwächter 

Sound detector 


Sound detector, order no. 70 0790 00 

Sound detector for acoustic monitoring of rooms. Automatic call activation in case of any 

noises. 

Sensitivity and time delay can be adjusted. So it can be adjusted which volume and noise 

duration shall activate a call. 

Note: Normal conversation will not activate a call. 


manual. 

The sound detector can be connected to different connection sockets and patient bedside 

combinations from the company Tunstall GmbH. 

To switch on 

The device will be automatically switched on by plugging into the corresponding socket for 

call devices. It is immediately operational. 

Adjustments: 

1 Sensitivity (sensitivity of speaking): 

This regulator is used for adjusting the sensitivity of sound loudness level. A call will be 

activated above this level. Scale of threshold value 0 to 9. 

Adjustment 9 = highest sensitivity: a slight noise activates a call. 

2 Delay: 

This regulator is used for adjusting the minimum duration of sound, beyond which leads to 

call activation. 

Time scale: 0 to 9 (time of delay 0,5 to 6 s). 

Colour 

light grey 

Material 

Plastic ABS 

Power supply 

24 VDC / 16 mA standby current 

1 

2 

125 mm 

150 mm 

30 mm



Verbindungsleitung für Diagnostikgeräte, Best.-Nr. 70 0812 00 

Verbindungsleitung zum Anschluss von elektromedizinischen Geräten an 

Steckvorrichtungen, Best.-Nr. 70 xxxx xx. 


beschrieben. 

Anschluss an Steckvorrichtung 70 xxxx xx 

Connection to connection socket 70 xxxx xx 

5 

RL 

+24V 

2 

DIA 

7 

enspricht Zeichnungs−Nr./equivalent to drawing no. 70 1 0013 403, 28.04.1997 

8 

Rückmeldung bei Bedarf 

max. zul. Strom 10 mA 

Feedback on demand 

maximum allowable 

current 10 mA 

Adernfarben: 

1 = blau 

2 = rot 

3 = 

4 = weiß 

5 = orange 

6 = gelb 

7 = schwarz 

8 = grün 

4 

6 

3 

ABM 

Elektromedizinisches Gerät 

Electromedical Device 

Wire colours: 

1 = blue 

2 = red 

3 = 

4 = white 

5 = orange 

6 = yellow 

7 = black 

8 = green 

Drahtbrücke/wire link 

1 

0V 

potentialfreier Kontakt nach VDE 

potential−free contact 

according to VDE 

muss im Alarmfall öffnen 

must open in case of emergency 

70 0812 00 

Verbindungsleitung für Diagnostikgeräte 

Diagnostic connection cable 


Diagnostik connection cable, order no. 70 0812 00 

Cable for connection of electromedical devices to connection sockets, order no. 70 xxxx xx. 


manual. 

Länge = 2m / length = 2 m 

Freie Drahtenden (30 mm), verzinnt 

Free wire ends (30 mm), tin−plated 

Achtung! Nicht benutzte Drahtenden müssen isoliert werden. 

Attention! Non used wire ends have to be insulated.

Anschlussplan für Rauchmelder, Best.−Nr.: 77 0901 00 

Connection plan for smoke detector, order no.: 77 0901 00 

Klemme im Relaismodul 

Clamp within the relay module 

Bornier dans le module relais 

Morsetto del modulo di relè 

Potenzialfreier Kontakt 

Potential-free contact 

Contact libre de potentiel 

Contatto libero da potenziale 

Anschluss an die Rufanlage 

Connection to the nurse call system 

Connexion au système d’appel 

Collegamento a sistema di chiamata 

77 0901 00, 07/2006 


14..8 System devices 

77 2000 00 OSY-ControlCenter 

77 2100 00 OSYnet-SafetyController 






OSY‐ControlCenter, Best.‐Nr. 77 2000 00 

Das OSY-ControlCenter stellt alle Systemfunktionen der Flamenco-Rufanlage zur 

Verfügung. Es organisiert die Datenverteilung und den gesamten Sprechverkehr zwischen 

den einzelnen Teilnehmern. Das OSY-ControlCenter ist die zentrale Systemschnittstelle zur 

Ein- und Ausgabe von Daten, Sprechverbindungen und Systemmeldungen, jedoch auch die 

Schaltstelle für Fernzugriffe und Softwareupdates. Das OSY-ControlCenter ist modular 

aufgebaut und wird individuell entsprechend dem benötigten Leistungsumfang 

zusammengestellt. Die Anzahl der jeweils erforderlichen internen Komponenten ergibt sich 

aus der Gesamtanzahl der anzuschließenden Teilnehmer und der Anzahl der internen und 

externen Sprechverbindungen. Zusätzliche Schnittstellen zum Datenaustausch, z.B. KIS, 

Facility Management und Anbindungen an Telefonanlagen können integriert werden. Die 

Konfiguration des OSY‐ControlCenters erfolgt werkseitig. 

Versorgungsspannung OSY‐ControlCenter: 24 V DC 

Versorgungsspannung Netzwerk‐Switch: 230 V AC 

Max. Stromaufnahme OSY‐ControlCenter: 2,3 A 



00 8802 52, 01/09 (Rev. 2.0) 


Anschlussfeld 

connection field 

OSY‐ControlCenter, order no. 77 2000 00 

The OSY-ControlCenter provides all system functions for the Flamenco nurse call system. It 

organises the data distribution and the whole speech traffic between the single users. 

Furthermore the OSY-ControlCenter represents the central system interface for incoming 

and outgoing data, speech connections and system messages as well as the switching 

point for remote accesses and software updates. The OSY-ControlCenter is modular 

constructed and is individually assembled according to the required performance. The 

number of required internal components results from the total number of users to be 

connected and the number of internal and external speech connections. Additional 

interfaces for data exchange, e.g. for HIS, facility management and connections to 

telephone systems can be integrated. The OSY‐ControlCenter is factory configured. 

Supply voltage for OSY‐ControlCenter: 24 V DC 

Supply voltage for network switch: 230 V AC 

Max. current consumption OSY‐ControlCenter: 2.3 A 

Kabeleinführung 

cable entrances 


manual. 

Netzwerk‐Switch 

network switch 

Anschlussbuchsen für Netzwerk-Switch 

connection sockets for network switch 

Kontrollanzeigen (LED) 

control LEDs 

Netzwerk‐Switch anschließen Connection of network switch 

Je nach Ausstattung des OSY‐ControlCenters, weist dieses bis zu 6 RJ45‐Buchsen auf. 

Jede dieser Buchsen muss mit einer beliebigen RJ45‐Buchse im Netzwerk‐Switch 

verbunden werden. Es empfiehlt sich allerdings die folgende übersichtliche Anordnung: 

Netzwerk‐Switch 

network switch 


RJ45‐Buchsen 

RJ45 sockets 

77 2000 00 



Depending on its components the OSY‐ControlCenter may include a maximum of 6 RJ45 

sockets. Each socket has to be connected to an arbitrary RJ45 socket in the network 

switch. But the following clear arrangement is recommended:

Montage D Mounting GB 

Anforderungen an den Installationsort Installation location requirements 

Bedingt zugänglicher technischer Betriebsraum 

Trockener Raum (Max. Luftfeuchtigkeit 75% bei ca. 18 o C) 

Umgebungstemperatur 0 o bis 40 o C 

Das OSY‐ControlCenter muss jederzeit gut zugänglich sein (Revisionsgang 60 cm 

breit). 

Freiraum für die Kabeleinführung muss berücksichtigt werden. 

Belüftung Ventilation 

Die Wärmeabfuhr darf nicht behindert sein. Für eine ausreichende Luftzirkulation über und 

unter dem OSY‐ControlCenter muss deshalb gesorgt werden. Der Abstand über und unter 

dem OSY‐ControlCenter zu anderen Geräten oder zu Wänden muss mindestens 50 mm (im 

Montageschrank 3 HE) betragen. Die Lüftungsdurchlässe dürfen unter keinen Umständen 

abgedeckt sein. Beim Einbau in Schaltschränke muss gegebenenfalls durch Zwangslüftung 

die Verlustwärme abgeführt werden. 

77 2000 00 


Gewicht ohne Kabel ca. 17 kg 

weight without cables approx. 17 kg 

00 8802 52, 01/09 (Rev. 2.0) 

Wandmontage / Wall mounting 

50 

Ø 12 

Ø 7 

Limited access location for technical equipment 

Dry location (max. relative humidity 75% at approx. 18 o C) 

Ambient temperatures between 0 o and 40 o C 

The OSY‐ControlCenter shall be readily accessible (access aisle 60 cm wide). 

Consider sufficient free space for cable entries. 

The heat transfer must not be blocked. The selected location must ensure sufficient air 

circulation above and below the OSY‐ControlCenter. Therefore, check for minimum 

distance of 50 mm (3 U in a rack) to walls, ceiling and other equipment. The venting ports 

must not be covered up. Where the OSY‐ControlCenter is installed in a 19‐inch rack, 

forced-air ventilation may be required. 

Einbau in 19 Zoll Montageschrank / Mounting in 19-inch rack 

77 2000 00 



465,6 

482.6 

444 

25 

7 mm 

12 mm 

278.9 354.4 

291.5 

291.5 

Montagewinkel nach vorne umsetzen. 

Move mounting brackets to the front. 




Netzgerät USV 24 V DC (Bestell‐Nr. 77 3400 00) 

Power supply unit UPS 24 V DC (Order no. 77 3400 00) 

Gruppe 1 / Group 1 








00 8802 52, 01/09 (Rev. 2.0) 

Anschluss werkseitig / pre-connected 

2 x 2.5 mm 2 

Störmeldeausgang, potentialfrei, Sammelausgang, Kontakt geschlossen bei Störung 

Fault message output, potential-free, collective output, contact closed in case of a fault 

Kontaktbelastbarkeit: 100 mA / 24 V 

contact load: max. 100 mA / 24 V 

Anschluss für Potentialausgleich auf Gewindebolzen im Gehäuse: 

Connection for potential equalisation on the threaded bolt in the housing: 

Gefahr! Bauseitiger Potentialausgleich erforderlich. 

Danger! Potential equalisation required. 

Interne Potentialausgleichsverbindung 

Internal potential equalisation connection 

Benutzung nur für Tunstall‐Techniker. 

Use only for Tunstall engineers. 

Daten Gruppe 1 / Data Group 1 








Sprechen Gruppe 1 / Speech Group 1 








Nichts anschließen, wenn Telefonleitung 5, 6, 7 oder 8 benutzt wird. 

Sonst Verwendung für: Sprechen Gruppe 17 - 20. 

Don't connect, if telephone line 5, 6, 7 or 8 is used. 

Otherwise use for: Speech Group 17 - 20. 

Nichts anschließen, wenn Telefonleitung 1, 2, 3 oder 4 benutzt wird. 

Sonst Verwendung für: Sprechen Gruppe 21 - 24. 

Don't connect, if telephone line 1, 2, 3 or 4 is used. 

Otherwise use for: Speech Group 21 - 24. 

Telefonleitung 1 / Telephone Line 1 









1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

DC/DC- 

Converter 

Power Supply 

DH3 

CTS2.A 

ST49 

ST50 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

C2 COM A 

ST37 

ST38 

ST32 C1 

ST33 C2 C1 COM A 

ST35 ST36 

C5 

ST39 ST40 

ST41 

ST42 

ST43 

ST44 

ST34 

C3 

C4 

C6 

OSYnet1 OSYnet2 OSYnet3 OSYnet4 

OSYnet5 OSYnet6 OSYnet7 OSYnet8 

OSYnet9 OSYnet 

10 

OSYnet 

11 

OSYnet 

12 

1 

0V +24V 0V +5V 0V 0V +24V +24V 

NF2b 

NF21b 

GND 

RESET 

DG1 

DH1 

DL1 

DG2 

DH2 

DL2 

DG3 

DL3 

DG4 

DH4 

DL4 

GND 

RxD1.A 

TxD1.A 

RTS1.A 

CTS1.A 

GND 

RxD2.A 

TxD2.A 

RTS2.A 

DG5 

DH5 

DL5 

DG6 

DH6 

DL6 

DG7 

DH7 

DL7 

DG8 

DH8 

DL8 

DG9 

DH9 

DL9 

DG10 

DH10 

DL10 

DG11 

DH11 

DL11 

DG12 

DH12 

DL12 

NF1a 

NF1b 

NF2a 

NF5a 

NF5b 

NF6a 

NF6b 

NF9a 

NF9b 

NF10a 

NF10b 

NF13a 

NF13b 

NF14a 

NF14b 

NF17a 

NF17b 

NF18a 

NF18b 

NF21a 

NF22a 

NF22b 

a1 

b1 

a2 

b2 

a5 

b5 

a6 

b6 

ST45 

ST46 

1 

1 

GND 

TxD1.1 

TxD1.2 

ST20 

CTS1.1 

GND 

CTS1.2 

GND 

TxD1.3 

ST21 

RxD1.3 

RTS1.3 

CTS1.3 

GND 

ST22 

GND 

RxD3.A 

TxD3.A 

RTS3.A 

CTS3.A 

GND 

RxD4.A 

TxD4.A 

RTS4.A 

CTS4.A 

ST23 

GND 

RxD5.A 

RTS5.A 

CTS5.A 

GND 

RxD6.A 

TxD6.A 

RTS6.A 

CTS6.A 

NF3a 

NF3b 

NF4a 

NF4b 

NF7a 

NF7b 

NF8a 

NF8b 

a3 

b3 

a4 

b4 

ST30 

ST31 

COM 1 

COM 2 

ST24 

ST25 

NF19a 

NF19b 

NF20a 

NF20b 

NF23a 

NF23b 

NF24a 

NF24b 

C3 

C4 COM A 

C5 COM A C6 

ST26 

NF11a 

NF11b 

NF12a 

NF12b 

NF15a 

NF15b 

NF16a 

NF16b 

a7 

b7 

a8 

b8 

RESET 

RxD1.1 

RTS1.1 

RxD1.2 

RTS1.2 

TxD5.A 

C1 

C1 

C1 

1 

COM 3 

COM A 

COM A 

ST27 

ST28 

ST29 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 1 

GND 

RxD1.4 

TxD1.4 

RTS1.4 

DSR1.4 

DTR1.4 

RI1.4 

GND 

NC 

+5V 

NC 

+5V 

ST13 

CTS1. CTS1.4 

DCD1.4 

ST14 

USB+1 

USB-1 

NC 

+5V 

NC 

ST15 

USB+2 

USB-2 

ST16 

USB+3 

USB-3 

+5V 

ST17 

USB+4 

USB-4 

+5V 

NC 

ST18 

USB+5 

USB-5 

NC 

ST19 

USB+6 

USB-6 

+5V 

C1 

COM 4 

C1 

USB 

C2 

USB 

C3 

USB 

C4 

USB 

C5 

USB 

C6 

USB 

Prüfen Sie alle Leitungen auf Durchgang, Kurzschluss‐ und Erdschlussfreiheit. 

Wenn die Datenleitungen korrekt angeschlossen sind, beträgt die Spannung zwi‐ 

schen DH und DG sowie die Spannung zwischen DL und DG ca. 2,5 V. 

Achtung! Bei dem folgende Plan handelt es sich um einen Standardanschlus‐ 

splan. Beachten Sie die Abweichungen in Ihrem projektspezifischen Anschluss‐ 

plan. 

Check all cables for continuity, short circuits and ground faults. 

When the data cables are correctly connected, the values are: voltage between 

DH and DG and voltage between DL and DG approx. 2.5 V. 

Attention! The following plan is a standard connection plan. Please follow the 

deviations in your project specific connection plan. 

77 2000 00 

OSY‐ControlCenter

Kontrollanzeigen (LED) D Control LEDs GB 

Die Kontrollanzeigen dienen Tunstall‐Technikern zur differenzierten Analyse von Störungen. The control LEDs help Tunstall engineers to analyze faults. 

00 8802 52, 01/09 (Rev. 2.0) 

Eine detailliertere Auswertung der Leuchtanzeigen ist nur durch Tunstall‐Techniker möglich. 

A more detailed interpretation of the control LEDs is possible for Tunstall engineers only. 

Reset‐Taster hinterer PC / Reset button for rear PC 

Kontroll‐LED*) hinterer PC / Control LED*) for rear PC 

Kontroll‐LED*) vorderer PC / Control LED*) for front PC 

Reset‐Taster vorderer PC / Reset button for front PC 

F: LED flackert (10 Hz) oder LED aus: Störung, LED flickering (10 Hz) or LED OFF: fault 

D: LED ein: Durchsageverstärker eingeschaltet 

D: LED ON: Announcement amplifier ON 

K/S: LED ein: Sprechverbindung eingeschaltet 

K/S: LED ON: Speech connection ON 

PC 5 

PC 5 

PC 6 

PC 6 

Bedeutung der LEDs für Telefonleitungen 1 - 8: 

Meaning of LEDs for telephone lines 1 - 8: 

1 Linie / Line 

2 

3 

4 

Durchsageverstärker / Announcement amplifier 

Klingelsignal / Ringing signal 

Schleifenspannung / Loop current 

Telefonleitung 1 

Telephone Line 1 















LED 1 leuchtet: Sprechverbindung zwischen Telefonleitung und Rufanlage besteht. 

LED 2: leuchtet nie. 

LED 3 flackert: Es klingelt auf der Telefonleitung. 

LED 4 leuchtet: “Hörer ist abgehoben” auf der Telefonleitung. 

LED 1 is ON: Speech connection between the telephone line and nurse call system. 

LED 2: is always OFF. 

LED 3 flickering: Ringing signal on the telephone line. 

LED 4 is ON: Telephone off-hook 

PC 1 

PC 1 

PC 2 

PC 2 

PC 3 

PC 3 

PC 4 

PC 4 

*) Kontroll‐LED: 1sec Rot EIN / 1 sec Rot AUS = PC ok, sonst = PC Störung 

*) Control LED: 1sec Red ON / 1 sec Red OFF = PC ok, otherwise = PC fault 





OSYnet‐SafetyController, Best.‐Nr. 77 2100 00 

Sicherheitscontroller zum direkten Anschluss an den Gruppenbus (OSYnet). Parallel 

einsetzbar zum OSY-ControlCenter, pro physikalische Gruppe. Vorgesehen als Redundanz 

zur Aufrechterhaltung der Systemfunktionen bei Ausfall des OSY-ControlCenters. 

Steuerung der Lichtruf-Grundfunktionen für eine physikalische Gruppe (DIN VDE 0834) 

Steuerung von Anzeigen an Zimmerleuchten und Displays 

Selbständige und automatische Umschaltung zwischen Normal- und Sicherheitsbetrieb 

1 potentialfreier Schaltausgang (Wechselkontakt) zur Anzeige der Betriebsart. 

1 potentialfreier Schaltausgang (Wechselkontakt) zur Anzeige von Störungen 

Schaltausgang: intern: 24 VDC/60 mA, extern: 24 VAC/1 A 






00 8802 39, 10/09 (Rev. 3.0) 

OSYnet‐SafetyController, order no. 77 2100 00 

Safety controller for direct connection to the group bus (OSYnet). Usable in parallel with 

OSY-ControlCenter, per physical group. Intended use as redundancy for maintaining the 

system operation in case of OSY-ControlCenter fail. 

Controlling the base light call functions of one physical group (DIN VDE 0834) 

Control of room lamps and displays 

Autonomous and automatic switching between normal and safety operation 

1 potential free digital output (change‐over contact) for signalling the operation mode 

1 potential free digital output (change‐over contact) for fault signalling 

Digital output: internal: 24 VDC/60 mA, external: 24 VAC/1 A 



manual. 




Wahlweise Montage auf Hutschiene oder Wandmontage im Technikraum der Station. Optionally mounting on supporting rail or wall mounting in the electrical room of the ward. 



OSYnet‐SafetyController 1 auf die Hutschiene 3 aufklipsen, bis er einrastet. 

Click the OSYnet‐SafetyController 1 onto the supporting rail 3. 




2. OSYnet‐SafetyController 1 an der Wand festschrauben. 



2. Screw the OSYnet‐SafetyController 1 to the wall. 

Adresse einstellen (126, 125) Setting of address (126, 125) 



Am OSYnet‐SafetyController müssen Sie die Adresse 126 einstellen. Wenn Sie in der 

physikalischen Gruppe einen zweiten OSYnet‐SafetyController installieren, müssen Sie an 

diesem die Adresse 125 einstellen. 


Reset 

Um einen Hardware-Reset durchzuführen, den Codierschalter 10 für eine Sekunde auf ON 

und anschließend wieder auf OFF stellen. Ein Hardware-Reset muss durchgeführt werden, 



Kontroll‐LED (rot) Control LED (red) 

Leuchtet nicht: 

Langsames Blinken: 

( 1s EIN - 1 s AUS) 

Schnelles Blinken: 

(200 ms EIN - 200 ms AUS) 

OSYnet‐SafetyController 

ohne Spannungsversorgung oder defekt 

OSY‐ControlCenter steuert die Gruppe. 

OSYnet‐SafetyController betriebsbereit (standby) 

OSYnet-SafetyController steuert die Gruppe. 

Länger als 10 s Dauerlicht: OSYnet‐SafetyController nicht betriebsbereit. 



At the OSYnet‐SafetyController you have to set address 126. If you install a second 

OSYnet‐SafetyController in the same physical group, you have to set address 125 at the 

second OSYnet‐SafetyController. 


Reset 

To reset the OSYnet‐SafetyController you have to set code switch 10 to ON for one second, 

then back to OFF. A reset has to be made, if a code switch setting has been changed. Otherwise 

the new setting will not be activated. 

Light OFF: 

Flashing slowly: 

( 1s ON - 1 s OFF) 

Flashing quickly: 

(200 ms ON - 200 ms OFF) 


without power supply or defect 

OSY‐ControlCenter controls the group. 

OSYnet‐SafetyController ready-to-operate (standby) 

OSYnet-SafetyController controls the group. 

Light ON for more than 10 s: OSYnet‐SafetyController not ready to operate. 

ESD‐Schutzabdeckung (Bestell‐Nr. 00 0276 53) ESD protection cover (order no. 00 0276 53) 

Nach dem Anschließen der Leitungen (siehe Rückseite) die ESD‐Schutzabdeckung 



cover on the OSYnet‐SafetyController. (ESD = Electro Static Discharge) 



und dann den Clip nach oben herausziehen, bis sich der OSYnet‐SafetyController 1 von der 

Hutschiene 3 löst. 

 



Kontroll‐LED (rot) 

Control LED (red) 

77 2100 00 


3 

58 mm 

2 

2 2 

1 

106 mm 



until the OSYnet‐SafetyController 1 comes loose from the supporting rail 3. 

 

90 mm 

Wandmontage 

Wall mounting 

4 

ON 

1 2 3 4 5 6 

1 

2 

4 

8 

16 

Adresse 

Address 

7 

32 

64 

2 

2 2 

8 9 10 

Reset 

125 

126 

1 

4 

ESD‐Schutzabdeckung 


4


00 8802 39, 10/09 (Rev. 3.0) 

Ip Ip OSYnet OSYnet 

0 V 

0 V 

+24 V 

Made in Germany 

Rev.: 

Ser. No.: 

24V_OUT 1/2 

OUT 1 

C 1 / 2 

OUT 2 

+24 V 

0 V 

Ausgang zur Anzeige 

der Betriebsart 

(Wechselkontakt) 

Output for signalling the 

operation mode 

(change‐over contact) 

24V_OUT 3/4 

NF 1a 

OUT 3 

NF 1b 

C 3 / 4 

NF 2a 

NF 2b 

OUT 4 

0 V 

DG 

DL 

DH 

DG 

1 

2 

4 

8 

16 

32 

64 

NC 

Test 

Reset 

Address 

OSYnet-SafetyController 

Order No. / Best.-Nr. 77 2100 00 

Ausgang zur Anzeige von 

Störungen 

(Wechselkontakt) 

Output for fault signalling 

(change‐over contact) 

No Function - Keine Funktion 

Ausgang zur Anzeige der Betriebsart 

OUT 1 geschlossen & OUT 2 offen = Normalbetrieb 

OUT 1 offen & OUT 2 geschlossen = Sicherheitsbetrieb (SafetyController steuert die Gruppe) 

Jumper OUT 1/2 gesteckt 

= Interne Spannungsversorgung (24V DC, max. 60 mA zur Ansteuerung eines Relais) 

Jumper OUT 1/2 nicht gesteckt = Externe Spannungsversorgung (24V AC oder DC, max. 1 A) 

Ausgang zur Anzeige von Störungen 

Störmeldungen von Gruppenbus-Teilnehmern 

OUT 3 geschlossen & OUT 4 offen = keine Störung 

OUT 3 offen & OUT 4 geschlossen = Störung! 

Jumper OUT 3/4 gesteckt 

= Interne Spannungsversorgung (24V DC, max. 60 mA zur Ansteuerung eines Relais) 

Jumper OUT 3/4 nicht gesteckt = Externe Spannungsversorgung (24V AC oder DC, max. 1 A) 

Output for signalling the operation mode 

OUT 1 closed & OUT 2 open = Normal operation 

OUT 1 open & OUT 2 closed = Safety operation (SafetyController controls the group) 

Jumper OUT 1/2 set = Internal power supply (24V DC, maximum 60 mA for triggering a relay) 

Jumper OUT 1/2 not set = External power supply (24V AC or DC, maximum 1 A) 

Output for fault signalling 

Faults of group bus users 

OUT 3 closed & OUT 4 open = no fault 

OUT 3 open & OUT 4 closed = Fault! 

Jumper OUT 3/4 set = Internal power supply (24V DC, maximum 60 mA for triggering a relay) 

Jumper OUT 3/4 not set = External power supply (24V AC or DC, maximum 1 A) 



Appendix 



14..9 Electric power supply 



77 3400 00 Power supply unit UPS 60 

77 3450 00 Battery set for UPS 60 




Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00 

The power supply unit UPS serves as a conventional power supply unit with integrated uninterrupted 

power supply module (UPS) in a common housing. Input voltage of 115 - 230 V AC is transformed into 

24 V DC, and the UPS feature ensures the supply of a connected DC user also in case of a mains 

power failure. 

When in the normal operating mode, i.e. mains power supply, the electronic module monitors the 

output voltage. Starting at a load current level of approx. 12.5 A DC, the output voltage is reduced 

while keeping a constant current load. 

This is a self-correcting output voltage feature, as the output voltage will be reactivated. Further to this, 

the output voltage is protected by a 15 A flat fuse "F2". 

If the mains input voltage fails or when it drops to less than 90 VAC, the two lead batteries in the unit 

will continue to supply the connected user without any interruption. 

To protect the batteries from going flat, circuit breakers will open when during the UPS mode the 

output voltage drops below to 19.5 V. When the mains supply voltage is active again, the system 

reverts to its normal operating mode. 

Roughly every 15 minutes, an integrated test circuitry performs a voltage check at the battery 

terminals, the connections and at the circuit breakers. Upon the return of the mains supply current, the 

battery is isolated from the outputs, and the internal charging module recharges the battery. 

Safety instructions 

1. Mounting 

• Non-compliance with the safety instruction or improper handling of the unit (e.g. skin 

contact with live components when the unit is open) can be extremely dangerous. 

• The power supply unit UPS should only be installed and operated by qualified 

specialists. 

• Before effecting any work at or with the unit, it must be isolated from any voltage 

(mains or battery). 

• Connection to the mains supply must be executed acc. to the valid national 

regulations (for Germany: VDE 0100 and VDE 0160). 

• Fuse or circuit breaker must be provided for safe isolation from the input (mains) 

current. 

• Overheating of the unit may occur when the values as shown in the technical data 

are exceeded. This may lead to permanent damage to the unit, and system safety is 

jeopardised. 

• Always watch for the safe isolation of AC and DC circuits! 

• Observe the general safety instructions for the handling of batteries! Sufficient 

ventilation must be provided to preclude the development of an explosive hydrogenair 

mixture! 

• If the power supply unit UPS will not be used for a longer time, first the batteries 

have to be fully charged. After that the power supply unit UPS has to be 

disconnected from mains supply and the battery fuse (under the left cover) has to be 

removed. 

The power supply unit UPS is designed for wall mounting. Bore holes are prepared at the housing for 

fixing the unit at the wall using the enclosed mounting material. A dimensional drawing is shown on 

the next page. 

Before mounting, check the condition of the wall itself. 

The power supply unit UPS weighs approx. 9 kg. 

The unit must be mounted such that the venting ports are at the top and bottom. 

© Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008) English - 1 



The selected location must ensure sufficient air circulation above and below the unit. Therefore, check 

for minimum distance of 50 mm to walls, ceiling and other equipment. The venting ports must not be 

covered up. Insufficient air circulation may lead to damage to the power supply unit. 

Dimensional drawing: 

2. Connection 

The internal connection terminals are provided as screw/plug-in clamps. 

2.1 Mains connection 

You have to ensure, that the mains cable is disconnected from the AC supply voltage during the 

following procedure: 

1. Release 4 screws for the left cover and remove the cover to the front. 

Now, the terminal connection clamps are accessible. 

2. Direct the mains cable through the cable duct into the housing and connect to the appropriate 

terminal posts as designated in the unit. 

NOTE: To simplify this process, you may pull the input connector, connect the wires as shown and 

replace the plug in its socket. 

CAUTION ! Check for the correct and positive connection of the protective conductor. 

3. Secure the connecting cable against being pulled from the housing for example by fixing the 

installation cable with cable clamps. 

2.2 Output terminal clamps 24 V DC / 12.5 A 

The output voltage is generated via a primary pulse controller. This controller provides the output 

voltage of 24 V DC with 12.5 A current (for continuous operation considering all tolerance criteria). 


output voltage. When the load current exceeds approx. 12.5 A, the output current is shut off (hicc-up 

mode) until the overload at the output terminal connections has been reduced. 

This is a self-correcting output voltage feature, as the output voltage will be reactivated. Further to this, 

the output voltage is protected by a 15 A flat fuse "F2". 

• The load shall be connected to the terminal clamps "+24V" and "0V" (provided 2 x). 

2.3 Control terminal clamps x + y 

The control terminal clamps "x" and "y" are used to prepare the unit for the uninterrupted power supply 

(UPS mode). 

English - 2 © Tunstall GmbH, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008) 



2.3.1 Preparing the UPS function by placing a bridge contact between "x" and "y" 

• Connect the control terminal clamps "x" and "y" using the enclosed bridging contact or via a 

potential-free 'make contact'. The current for the bridging contact is approx. 1 mA.. 

2.3.2 LED and indicator outputs 1 - 5 

The five indicator outputs 1 – 5 at the 7-pole terminal block indicate the status of the unit via potentialfree 

solenoid contacts. The current load for these contacts is up to 125 V / 1.5 A / 60 VA. 

2.3.2.1 Green LED "Power" (mains supply mode and bridging contact between "x" and "y" 

closed) 

Only green LED "Power“ is on. 

Contacts 3 – 1 & 3 - 5 are closed. 

2.3.2.2 Amber LED "Battery active" 

Only amber LED "Battery active“ is on. 

Contacts 3 – 1 & 3 – 4 are closed. 

2.3.2.3 Red LED "Battery low" 

During mains failure 



Amber LED "Battery active“ and red LED "Battery 

low“ are on. 


All LEDs are off. 


24 V voltage is available at the terminal clamp. 

Battery mode 

(when bridging contact between "x" and "y" is 

closed) 

The 24 V voltage at the terminal clamp is from the 

battery. 

The voltage at the terminal clamps depends on 

the relevant battery charge state. 

When the output voltage has dropped to 

approx. 19.5 V, the power supply unit will shut off 

(protection against totally flat battery) 

After the input voltage (115 - 230 Volt) has been reactivated again, the output clamps will be supplied 

with 24 V DC, and the batteries will be recharged automatically. 

2.3.2.4 Red LED "Output Failure Fuse F2" defective 

Green LED "Power“ and red LED "Output Failure 

Fuse F2" are on 

2.3.4 Battery test 

Green LED "Power“ is on and red LED "Battery 

low“ illuminates for 30 seconds every 15 minutes. 

Contact 3 – 2 is closed for 30 seconds every 15 

minutes. 

Output fuse F2 was removed or it is defective. No 

output voltage at the power supply terminal 

clamps. 

Battery capacity not sufficient for safe UPS 

operation. 

Batteries are automatically checked every 15 

minutes. If a battery fault is detected during this 

test, the indicating contact and the LED "Battery 

low" are activated for the approx. 30 sec. test 

period. 

The unit features an automatic battery load test. For this, the internal batteries' status is checked at 

regular intervals (approx. 15 minutes). 

This takes place by voltage measuring while simultaneously demanding a defined load current for a 

period of approx. 30 sec. 




If during this test the battery voltage should drop below approx. 21.5 V, the indicating contact (3 – 2 – 

1) "Battery low" is reversed and this shows that the battery capacity will not sustain a UPS operating 

mode. 

This warning will be indicated for the said test period of approx. 30 sec. or until the battery voltage has 

been increased to approx. 23 V . This may also take place when the battery voltage rises during a 

recharging process after previous discharging, e.g. in the course of UPS operation. 

This warning message is reset after the test phase and will be reactivated again during the next 

battery load test. This is the reason for the cyclic indication of the battery fault as described above. 

The battery load test is an effective instrument for checking the true battery state. A negative result, 

i.e. a warning message is issued, may be caused by one or more of the following : 

• Charge status too low. 

• Battery fuse has failed. 

• Battery not correctly connected. 

• Battery is defective. 

• Battery is too old, and must be replaced. 

3. Commissioning 

1. Insert the battery fuse between the batteries in the fuse holder (protection against total discharge 

during storage). 

2. Connect input and output terminal connections (refer to items 2.1 and 2.2). 

3. Switch on the input voltage (115 – 230 Volt). 

From now on, the connected nurse call system devices are supplied with 24 V DC. 

4. The green LED "Power" is on due to the voltage at the terminal clamps. 

If the red LED "Battery low“ is on, the UPS function is not yet active 

(Place the bridging contact x – y). 

5. Now the power supply unit UPS is fully operational. 

4. Shutting the power supply UPS off 

1. Shut off the input voltage (115 – 230 Volt). 

2. Remove the UPS function acc. to item 2.3.1 (Remove the bridging contact), otherwise the load for 

the user circuits will be supplied through the battery until the total discharge circuit disconnects the 

battery. 

5. Service 

To ensure the safe function of the system, batteries should be replaced every 3 years - depending on 

the ambient temperature (Refer to diagram 1, Item 6). After 3 – 5 years, the battery capacity has 

dropped to approx. 60%. 

6. Battery service life 

The power supply unit UPS comes with sealed, service-free and rechargeable led-gel batteries VRLA. 

According to the EUROBAT classification, these batteries have a useful service life of 5 – 7 years. 

This time, however, strongly depends on the relevant ambient temperature. (Up to 20 °C: 7 – 8 years 

as shown in diagram 1) 




If the system will not be used for an extended period of time, the batteries should be fully charged to 

prevent a total discharge. (Refer to item 7 "Storage") After the charging process has been completed 

the power supply unit has to be disconnected from the mains supply and the battery fuse (under the 

left cover) has to be removed. 

Battery service life (years) 

Temperature 

Diagram 1: Battery service life in relation to ambient temperature 

6.1 Battery change 

Pb 

Lead batteries contain harmful toxic substances. Observe general and local safety 

directives when during handling and transport. For disposal, comply with local directives. 

Batteries bear the risk of excessive short-circuit currents. Never create any direct contact 

between the battery posts and or other conductive component parts. Therefore remove any 

wristband, watch, finger rings or other metal objects when working at the open power supply 

unit. Always use tools with standard isolating handles. 

Batteries may be replaced only by the same type of battery (2 x 12 V; 7 Ah). We recommend the use 

of the battery type BAT 24-7, Tunstall Order No. 00 0648 85. The use of other makes may create 

problems due to different connecting terminals or differing dimensions. 

1. Shut off mains supply to the power supply unit UPS !!! 

2. Release the 4 fastening screws for the left cover and remove the cover to the front. 

3. Confirm the position of the old battery and after its removal, install the new battery in the 

same manner. 

4. Make sure, the new battery is in the same position and check for the correct battery 

contacts. False connections may damage the power supply UPS ! 

5. Check for the correct seating of the plastic cover for the batteries. 

6. Fix the battery position by securing it with the Velcro tape. 

7. Replace and close the housing. 

8. Perform a functional check of the power supply UPS! 




7. Storage 

If the power supply unit UPS will not be used for an extended period of time, the batteries must first 

be fully recharged to preclude battery damage due to total discharging. (Refer to item 6 Battery 

service life). 

For the charging process, the power supply unit UPS shall be connected to the mains supply for at 

least 4 hours, and the UPS function shall be activated by placing the bridging contact between "x“ and 

"y“. After the charging process has been completed the power supply unit has to be disconnected from 

the mains supply and the battery fuse (under the left cover) has to be removed. 

• 


Spare part Order No. 

Rechargeable lead-gel battery, Type BAT 24-7 (2 ea. required) incl. 

plastic cover 

00 0648 85 

Battery fuse, internal 20 A FKS 00 0132 03 

Mains fuse, front plate (5 x 20) T 5.0 A 00 0130 41 

Output fuse, bottom 15 A FKS 00 0132 02 

Clamp for mains connection, 3-pole 00 0211 40 

Clamp for 24 V connection, 4-pole 00 0211 41 

Clamp for control and indicator outputs, 7-pole 00 0211 39 

Bridging contact EB 2 – 5 for control clamps "x“ and "y“ 00 0223 56 



9. Technical data 


Power supply unit UPS 

Input 

Order No. 77 3400 00 

Nominal input voltage 115 – 230 V AC 

Input voltage range 90 – 264 V AC 

Input frequency 47 – 63 Hz 

Input current 4 A at 115 V AC / 2 A at 230 V AC 

Start-up current surge 22 A at 115 V AC / 44 A at 230 V AC, typical 

Power factor 0.95 at 230 V AC / 0.98 at 115 V AC for full load 

Efficiency 

Output 

88%, typical 

Nominal output current 12.5 A DC 

Output voltage 24 V DC +/- 2% 

Output voltage in battery mode 26,5 – 19,5 V DC, typical 

Calculated output power 288 W 

Rippling of nominal output current < 100 mVeff 

Battery capacity 7 Ah 

Charge current 700 mA, typical 

Bridging time at nominal current approx. 17 min. 

Overload protection < 14 A 

Overvoltage protection, power supply unit 26.7 – 32.4 V DC 

Overtemperature protection 

Battery voltage thresholds 

75 °C +/- 5°C (power diode) 

output voltage switched off, automatic re-engaging 

Switching threshold for UPS mode Ua < 22.5 V, typical 

Switching threshold for warning before battery 

shut-down 

21.5 V, typical 

Switching threshold for total discharge 

protection 


EMC CE-certified EN 55022 Class B; ENV 50204 

EN 61000-3-2, -3; EN 61000-4-2, -3, -4, -5, -6, -8, -11 

Safety EN 60950 

Output Safety low voltage, SELV 

Test voltage PRI – SEC 3 kV 

Protection class I 

Protection (safety) 

Safety devices 

IP 20 


Charging fuse, internal (5 x 20) T 4.0 A 

Mains fusing, front plate (5 x 20) T 5.0 A 

Output fusing, bottom of unit 

General 

15 A FKS 

Cooling convection, free air flow 

Permissible ambient temperature 0 ... +50 °C 

Storage temperature -25 ... + 60 °C 

MTBF 100,000 hours (no for batteries) 

Weight approx. 9 kg 

Dimensions (HxWxD) 244 x 325 x 178 mm 

Mounting Wall mounting 

Connecting clamps Screw / plug-in connections 



Power supply unit, Order No. 77 3401 00 

The power supply unit generates a 24 V DC output voltage using 115 - 230 V AC mains supply 

voltage. An integrated monitoring circuitry limits the output current to 12.5 A DC nearly. Two LEDs on 

the front face indicate the status at the output clamps. 


1. Mounting 



• The power supply unit should only be installed and operated by qualified specialists. 




current. 





jeopardised. 


The power supply unit is designed for wall mounting. Bore holes are prepared at the housing for fixing 

the unit at the wall using the enclosed mounting material. 

Before mounting, check the condition of the wall itself. (Weight: approx. 2 kg) 

The unit must be mounted such that the venting ports are at the top and bottom. The selected location 

must ensure sufficient air circulation above and below the unit. Therefore, check for minimum distance 

of 50 mm to walls, ceiling and other equipment. The venting ports must not be covered up. Insufficient 

air circulation may lead to damage to the power supply unit. 




2. Connection 

The internal connection terminals are provided as screw/plug-in clamps. 

2.1 Mains connection 



1. Release 4 screws of the left cover and remove the cover to the front. 


2. Direct the mains cable through the cable duct into the housing and connect to the appropriate 

terminal posts as designated in the unit. 

NOTE: To simplify this process, you may pull the input connector, connect the wires as shown and 

replace the plug in its socket. 

CAUTION ! Check for the correct and positive connection of the protective conductor. 

3. Secure the connecting cable against being pulled from the housing for example by fixing the 

installation cable with cable clamps. 





output voltage. Starting at a load current level of more than approx. 12.5 A DC, the output voltage is 

reduced while keeping a constant current load. 

This is a self-correcting output voltage feature, as the output voltage will be reactivated, if the overload 

current drops below its trigger value of approx. 12.5 A. Further to this, the output voltage is protected 

by a 15 A flat fuse "F2". 


2.3 LEDs at the front face 

2.3.1 Green LED "Power" 

Green LED "Power“ is on. 24 V voltage is available at the terminal clamps. 

2.3.2 Red LED "Output Failure Fuse F2" 

Red LED "Output Failure Fuse F2" and green 

LED “+24 V Power” are on. 

2.4 Indicator clamps (3, 4, 5) 

Output fuse failed or was removed. No voltage is 

available at the output clamps. 

The clamps 3, 4 and 5 are potential-free switching contacts for indicating the current operating state: 

Contact 3 – 4 closed. 

Green LED "Power“ is off. 

Contact 3 – 5 closed. 

Green LED "Power“ is on. 

No mains supply. No voltage available at the 

output clamps. 

24 V voltage is available at the terminal clamps. 

The indication "No mains power" may have several causes, e.g.: 

• No input voltage at the power supply unit. 

• When the load current exceeds approx. 12.5 A, the output current is reduced until the overload 

situation at the output clamps has been corrected. 

• Output fuse was removed or damaged. (Red LED "Output Failure Fuse F2“ is on) 

• "Mains Fuse F1“ missing or defective. 





1. Connect input and output terminal connections. (Refer to items 2.1 and 2.2) 

2. Switch on the input voltage. 


The green LED "Power" is on due to the voltage at the terminal clamps. 



Mains Fuse F1 (5 x 20) T 5,0 A 00 0130 41 

Output fuse F2 FKS 15 A 00 0132 02 

Clamp for input voltage, 3-pole 00 0211 40 

Clamp for 0 V and +24 V, 4-pole 00 0211 41 

Indicator clamp, 7-pole 00 0211 39 


Power supply unit 

Input 

Order No. 77 3401 00 




Input current 4 A at 115 V AC / 2 A at 230 V AC 


Power factor 0.95 at 230 V AC / 0.98 at 115 V AC under full load 

Efficiency 

Output 

88%, typical 

Nominal output current 12,5 A DC 




Overload protection, power supply unit, 

internal 

< 14 A 

Overvoltage protection, power supply 

unit 

26.7 – 32.4 V DC, typical 

Overtemperature protection 75 °C +/- 5°C (power diode) 



EN 61000-3-2, -3; EN 61000-4-2, -3, -4, -5, -6, -8, -11 


Output Safety low voltage SELV 


Protection class Class I 

Protection 

Safety devices 

IP 20 

Mains Fuse F1 (5 x 20) T 5.0 A 

Output fuse F2 FKS 

General 

15 A FKS 

Cooling Convection, free airflow 



MTBF 100,000 hours 




Connecting clamps Screw / plug-in clamps 



Power supply unit UPS 60, Order No. 77 3400 10 

The power supply unit UPS 60 is a power supply unit and includes the electronics that builds up an 

uninterrupted power supply (UPS) in combination with battery set for UPS 60 (order no. 77 3450 00). 

Input voltage of 115 - 230 V AC is transformed into 24 V DC output voltage. The UPS feature ensures 

the supply of the connected DC users also in case of a mains power failure. 

If the mains input voltage fails or when it drops to less than 90 VAC, the two connected lead batteries 

will continue to supply the users without any interruption. 

To protect the batteries from going flat, circuit breakers will open when during the UPS mode the 

output voltage drops below to 19.5 V. When the mains supply voltage is active again, the system 

reverts to its normal operating mode. 

Roughly every 15 minutes, an integrated test circuitry performs a voltage check at the battery 

terminals, the connections and at the circuit breakers. Upon the return of the mains supply current, the 

battery is isolated from the outputs, and the internal charging module recharges the battery. 


1. Mounting 



• The power supply unit UPS 60 should only be installed and commissioned by 

qualified specialists. 






current. 



jeopardised. 




mixture! 

• If the power supply unit UPS 60 will not be used for a longer time, first the batteries 

have to be fully charged. After that the power supply unit UPS 60 has to be 

disconnected from the mains supply. Furthermore the battery connection cable must 

be disconnected from the battery set for UPS 60 (see chapter 2.1). Alternatively the 

battery fuse in the battery set for UPS 60 can be removed. 

The power supply unit UPS 60 is designed for wall mounting. Bore holes are prepared at the housing 

for fixing the unit at the wall using the enclosed mounting material. A dimensional drawing is shown on 

the next page. 


The power supply unit UPS 60 weighs approx. 4 kg. 









2. Connection 

The internal connection terminals are provided as screw/plug-in clamps and cage clamp/plug-in 

clamps. 

2.1 Mains and battery connection 



1. Release 4 screws for the left cover and remove the cover to the front. 

Now, the terminal connection clamps for the mains connection are accessible. 

2. Direct the mains connecting cable through the right cable duct into the housing and connect to the 

mains terminal posts (3 pole) as designated in the housing. 

CAUTION ! Check for the correct and positive 

connection of the protective conductor. 

3. Secure the mains connecting cable against being pulled from the housing for example by fixing 

the installation cable with the screwed cable gland. 

4. Direct the battery connecting cable through the left smaller cable duct into the housing and 

connect to the battery terminal posts (2 pole) as designated in the housing 

CAUTION ! Check for the correct connection, 

orientation and locking with srews. 

5. Secure the battery connecting cable against being pulled from the housing for example by fixing 

the installation cable with the screwed cable gland. 




When in mains operation, the electronic module monitors the output voltage. When the load current 

exceeds approx. 12.5 A, the output voltage is reduced with keeping a constant current depending on 

the value of resistance of the connected overload. 

Further to this, the output current is limited by a 15 A flat fuse "F2". After the cause for the overload 

has been eliminated the output voltage reverts to the must value 24 V. It is a self reverting output 

voltage. 





2.3 Control terminal clamps x + y 

The control terminal clamps "x" and "y" are used to prepare the unit for the uninterrupted power supply 

(UPS mode). 

2.3.1 Preparing the UPS function by placing a bridge contact between "x" and "y" 

• Connect the control terminal clamps "x" and "y" using the enclosed bridging contact or via a 

potential-free 'make contact'. The current for the bridging contact is approx. 1 mA.. 

2.3.2 LED and indicator outputs 1 - 5 

The five indicator outputs 1 – 5 at the 7-pole terminal block indicate the status of the unit via potentialfree 

relay contacts. The current load for these contacts is up to 125 V / 1.5 A / 60 VA. 

2.3.2.1 Green LED "Power" (mains supply mode and bridging contact between "x" and "y" 

closed) 

Only green LED "Power“ is on. 

Contacts 3 – 1 & 3 - 5 are closed. 

2.3.2.2 Amber LED "Battery active" 



2.3.2.3 Red LED "Battery low" 

During mains failure 



Amber LED "Battery active“ and red LED "Battery 

low“ are on. 


All LEDs are off. 


24 V voltage is available at the terminal clamp. 

Battery mode 

(when bridging contact between "x" and "y" is 

closed) 

The 24 V voltage at the terminal clamp is from the 

battery. 

The voltage at the terminal clamps depends on 

the relevant battery charge state. 

When the output voltage has dropped to 

approx. 19.5 V, the power supply unit will shut off 

(protection against totally flat battery) 

After the input voltage (115 - 230 Volt) has been reactivated again, the output clamps will be supplied 

with 24 V DC, and the batteries will be recharged automatically. 

2.3.2.4 Red LED "Output Failure Fuse F2" 

Green LED "Power“ and red LED "Output Failure 

Fuse F2" are on 

2.3.4 Battery test 

Green LED "Power“ is on and red LED "Battery 

low“ illuminates for 30 seconds every 15 minutes. 

Contact 3 – 2 is closed for 30 seconds every 15 

minutes. 

Output fuse F2 was removed or it is defective. No 

output voltage at the power supply terminal 

clamps. 

Battery capacity not sufficient for safe UPS 

operation. 

Batteries are automatically checked every 15 

minutes. If a battery fault is detected during this 

test, the indicating contact and the LED "Battery 

low" are activated for the approx. 30 sec. test 

period. 




The unit features an automatic battery load test. For this, the connected batteries' status is checked at 

regular intervals (approx. 15 minutes). 

This takes place by voltage measuring while simultaneously demanding a defined load current for a 

period of approx. 30 sec. 

If during this test the battery voltage should drop below approx. 21.5 V, the indicating contact (3 – 2 – 

1) "Battery low" is reversed and this shows that the battery capacity will not sustain a UPS operating 

mode. 

This warning will be indicated for the said test period of approx. 30 sec. or until the battery voltage has 

been increased to approx. 23 V. This may also take place when the battery voltage rises during a 

recharging process after previous discharging, e.g. in the course of UPS operation. 

This warning message is reset after the test phase and will be reactivated again during the next 

battery load test. This is the reason for the cyclic indication of the battery fault as described above. 

The battery load test is an effective instrument for checking the true battery state. A negative result, 

i.e. a warning message is issued, may be caused by one or more of the following : 







1. Connect input, output and battery terminal connections (refer to items 2.1 and 2.2). 

2. Switch on the input voltage (115 – 230 Volt). 


3. The green LED "Power" is on due to the voltage at the terminal clamps. 

If the red LED "Battery low“ is on, the UPS function is not yet active 

(Place the bridging contact x – y). 

4. Now the power supply unit UPS is fully operational. 

4. Shutting the power supply UPS 60 off 

1. Shut off the input voltage (115 – 230 Volt). 

2. Remove the UPS function acc. to item 2.3.1 (Remove the bridging contact), otherwise the load for 

the user circuits will be supplied through the battery until the total discharge circuit disconnects the 

battery. 

5. Service 





The batteries connected to the power supply unit UPS 60 are sealed, service-free and rechargeable 

lead-gel batteries VRLA. According to the EUROBAT classification, these batteries have a useful 




service life of 5 – 7 years. This time, however, strongly depends on the relevant ambient temperature. 

(Up to 20 °C: 7 – 8 years as shown in diagram 1) 


prevent a total discharge. (Refer to item 7 "Storage") While the system is not used, the battery fuse 

has to be removed to prevent total discharge. 


Temperature 



Pb 

Lead-gel batteries contain harmful toxic substances. Observe valid safety directives when 

during handling and transport. For disposal, comply with local directives. 



wristband, watch, finger rings or other metal objects when working at the open unit. Always 

use tools with standard isolating handles. 


of two batteries type BAT 12-24, Tunstall Order No. 00 0648 87. The use of other makes may create 


1. Shut off mains supply to the power supply unit UPS 60 !!! 

2. Refer to the information for the battery set for UPS 60, order no. 77 3450 00. 

3. Perform a functional check of the power supply UPS 60! 

7. Storage 

If the power supply unit UPS 60 will not be used for an extended period of time, the connected 

batteries must first be fully recharged to preclude battery damage due to total discharging. (Refer to 

item 6 Battery service life). 

• For the charging process, the power supply unit UPS 60 shall be connected to the mains supply 

for at least 4 hours, and the UPS function shall be activated by placing the bridging contact 

between "x“ and "y“. 

• While the power supply unit UPS 60 is not used, the power supply unit UPS 60 must be 

disconnected from the batteries of battery set for UPS 60 to prevent total discharge. 






Mains fuse, front plate (5 x 20) T 5.0 A 00 0130 41 

Output fuse, bottom 15 A FKS 00 0132 02 

Clamp for mains connection, 3-pole 00 0211 40 

Clamp for 24 V connection, 4-pole 00 0211 41 

Clamp for control and indicator outputs, 7-pole 00 0211 39 

Clamp for battery connection, 2 pole 00 0211 20 

Bridging contact EB 2 – 5 for control clamps "x“ and "y“ 00 0223 56 


Power supply unit UPS 60 Order No. 77 3400 10 

Input 




Input current 5.5 A at 115 V AC / 3 A at 230 V AC 


Power factor 0.95 at 230 V AC / 0.98 at 115 V AC for full load 

Efficiency 88%, typical 

Output 



Output voltage in battery mode 26.5 – 19.5 V DC, typical 



Battery capacity to be connected 24 Ah 

Charge current 3.0 A, typical 

Bridging time at nominal current approx. 1 hour 

Overload protection < 14 A 

Overvoltage protection, power supply unit 26.7 – 32.4 V DC 

Overtemperature protection 75 °C +/- 5°C (power diode) 


Battery voltage thresholds 

Switching threshold for UPS mode Ua < 22.5 V, typical 

Switching threshold for warning before battery 

shut-down 


Switching threshold for total discharge 

protection 



EN 61000-3-2, -3; EN 61000-4-2, -3, -4, -5, -6, -8, -11 




Protection class I 

Ingress Protection 

Fuses 

IP 20 

Charging fuse, internal (5 x 20) T 4.0 A 

Mains fusing, front plate (5 x 20) T 5.0 A 

Output fusing, bottom of unit 

General 

15 A FKS 




MTBF 100,000 hours 




Connecting clamps Screw / cage clamp plug-in connections 



Battery Set for UPS 60, Order No. 77 3450 00 

The battery set for UPS 60 are rechargeable batteries (= accumulators) that build an uninterrupted 

power supply (UPS) in combination with the power supply unit UPS 60, order no. 77 3400 10. 

If the mains input voltage fails or when it drops to less than 90 VAC, the two lead-gel batteries will 

continue to supply the users connected to the power supply unit UPS 60 without any interruption. 


1. Mounting 

• The battery set may only be used together with the power supply unit UPS 60, order 

no. 77 3400 10. The safety instructions delivered with this power supply unit have to 

be observed as well. 

• The power supply unit UPS should only be installed and commissioned by qualified 

specialists. 

• Before effecting any work at or with the power supply unit UPS, it must be isolated 

from any input voltage and the battery fuse (located between the batteries) has to be 

removed. 




mixture! 

• If the battery set for UPS 60 will not be used for a longer time, first the batteries have 

to be fully charged. After that the batteries must be disconnected from the mains 

supply. This can be done by disconnecting the battery connection cable from the 

power supply unit UPS 60 (see chapter 2.). Alternatively the battery fuse can be 

removed. 

The battery set for UPS 60 is designed for wall mounting. Bore holes are prepared at the housing for 

fixing the unit at the wall – preferably under the power supply unit - using the enclosed mounting 

material. A dimensional drawing is shown on the next page. 


The battery set for UPS 60 weighs approx. 25.2 kg. 









2. Connection 

The connection terminals are provided as cage srew/plug-in clamps. 

1. Release 6 fastening screws for the cover and remove the cover to the front. 


2. Direct the connection cable through the cable duct into the power supply unit and connect to the 

appropriate terminal posts as designated in the power supply unit. 

CAUTION! Check for the correct connection, orientation and screwing. 

3. Secure the connection cable against being pulled from the housing for example by fixing the 

installation cable with the screwed cable gland. 

2.1 Battery test 

The power supply unit features an automatic battery load test. The battery load test is an effective 

instrument for checking the true battery state. A negative result, i.e. a warning message is issued, may 

be caused by one or more of the following: 








3. Service 






The battery set UPS 60 comes with sealed, service-free and rechargeable lead-gel batteries VRLA. 

According to the EUROBAT classification, these batteries have a useful service life of 5 – 7 years. 

This time, however, strongly depends on the relevant ambient temperature. (Up to 20 °C: 7 – 8 years 

as shown in diagram 1) 


prevent a total discharge. (Refer to item 5 "Storage") While the system is not used, the battery fuse 

(located between the two batteries) has to be removed to prevent total discharge. After the charging 

process has been completed, the battery set for UPS 60 has to be disconnected from the power 

supply unit UPS 60 by disconnecting the battery connection cable (see chapter 2.) or by removing the 

battery fuse. 


Temperature 



Pb 

Lead-gel batteries contain harmful toxic substances. Observe valid safety directives when 

during handling and transport. For disposal, comply with local directives. 



wristband, watch, finger rings or other metal objects when working at the open unit. Always 

use tools with standard isolating handles. 


of the battery type BAT 12-24, Tunstall Order No. 00 0648 87. The use of other makes may create 


1. Shut off mains supply to the power supply unit UPS !!! 

2. Release the 6 fastening screws for the cover and remove the cover to the front. 

3. Confirm the position of the old batteries and after their removal, install the new batteries 

in the same manner. 

4. Make sure, the new batteries are in the same position and check for the correct battery 

contacts. False connections may damage the power supply unit UPS ! 

5. Put the rubber grommets back on the connection screws. 

6. Fix the battery position by securing it with the Velcro tape. 




5. Storage 

7. Replace and close the housing. 

8. Perform a functional check of the power supply UPS! 

If the battery set for UPS 60 will not be used for an extended period of time, the batteries must first be 

fully recharged by the power supply unit UPS to preclude battery damage due to total discharging. 

(Refer to item 4 Battery service life). 

• For the charging process, the power supply unit UPS shall be connected to the mains supply for at 

least 4 hours, and the UPS function shall be activated by placing the bridging contact between "x“ 

and "y“. 

• While the system is not used, the battery fuse (located between the two batteries) has to be 

removed to prevent total discharge. 



Rechargeable lead-gel battery, Type BAT 12-24 (2 batteries required) 00 0648 87 

Battery fuse, internal 20 A FKS 00 0132 03 

Clamp for battery connection, 2 pole 00 0211 20 


Battery Set for UPS 60 Order No. 77 3450 00 

Input 

Nominal input voltage 24 V DC 

Output 


Battery capacity 24 Ah 



Protection class III 

Ingress Protection IP 20 

Fuses 


General 




Weight approx. 25.2 kg 



Connecting clamps Screw / plug-in connections 




Appendix 



14..10 Installation 

77 4000 00 OSYnet-Y-RepeaterOpto 

77 4001 00 OSYnet-Gateway 






OSYnet-Y-RepeaterOpto, Best.‐Nr. 77 4000 00 

Datenrepeater zur galvanischen Trennung des Gruppenbus (OSYnet). Vorgesehen zur 

Aufteilung und/oder Trennung des Gruppenbus OSYnet in 2 unabhängige Teilstrecken, 

Y-Verteilung. Einsetzbar einmal pro physikalischer Gruppe. 

Direkter Anschluss an den Gruppenbus (OSYnet) und dessen Teilstrecken (Sub-D, 

9-pol.) 

Hutschienenmontage 35 mm, anreihbar 

Abmessungen (HxBxT): 85 x 25 x 83 mm 

Stromversorgung: 24 V DC (8 ... 30 V DC) 

Stromaufnahme (bei 20 °C): ca. 60 mA/24 V 


Busteilnehmer 

z.B. OSYlink 

OSYnet Teil 2 


00 8802 50, 07/08 (Rev. 2.0) 

2 

3 

1 

OSYnet Teil 3 

OSYnet Teil 1 

Gruppenbus OSYnet = Teil 2 + Teil 3 + Teil 1 = max. 700 m 



OSYnet-Y-RepeaterOpto, order no. 77 4000 00 

Data repeater for electrical isolation of the group bus (OSYnet). Intended for branching 

and/or isolation of the group bus OSYnet into 2 autonomous sections, Y-branching. One 

repeater can be used per physical group. 

Direct connection to the group bus (OSYnet) and its branch sections (Sub-D, 9-pol.) 

Mounting on top‐hat rail (35 mm), several units can be mounted side‐by‐side 

Dimensions (HxWxD): 85 x 25 x 83 mm 

Power supply: 24 V DC (8 ... 30 V DC) 

Current consumption (at 20 °C): approx. 60 mA/24 V 


bus subscriber 

eg. OSYlink 

OSYnet section 2 


2 

3 

1 



Group bus OSYnet = section 2 + section 3 + section 1 = max. 700 m 


manual. 

OSYnet‐Teilstrecken anschließen Connection of OSYnet sections 

Zum Schraubanschluss der OSYnet‐Teilstrecken benötigen Sie drei 

OSYnet‐Anschlussstecker , Best.‐Nr. 77 0950 00. 

Der Anschlusspunkt CAN Net 1 ist galvanisch von den anderen Teilen getrennt. Deshalb 

muss die Teilstrecke des OSYnet, die von den anderen galvanisch getrennt werden soll, an 

den Anschlusspunkt CAN Net 1 angeschlossen werden. 

Die PIN‐Belegungen entnehmen Sie der Abbildung A. 

Spannungsversorgung anschließen Connection of power supply 

Die Spannungsversorgung oben oder unten am OSYnet‐Y‐RepeaterOpto anschließen 

(Schraubanschluss). 

Achtung! Die Spannungsversorgung darf nicht “durchgeschliffen” werden. D.h. es ist nicht 

erlaubt die eine Seite als 24V‐Eingang und die andere Seite als 24V‐Ausgang zu 

verwenden, um z.B. weitere Geräte zu versorgen. 

Kontroll‐LEDs Control LEDs 

OSYnet Teil 1 



power supply 

Kontroll‐LEDs 

control LEDs 

OSYnet Teil 2 



power supply 

OSYnet Teil 3 


LED leuchtet, wenn alle Baugruppen im OSYnet‐Y‐Repeater 

außer für OSYnet Teil 1 mit Spannung versorgt sind 

LED leuchtet, wenn Baugruppe im OSYnet‐Y‐Repeater 

für OSYnet Teil 1 mit Spannung versorgt ist 

keine Funktion 

LED leuchtet bei Datenverkehr OSYnet Teil 3 



77 4000 00 



For screw connection of the OSYnet sections you need three OSYnet connecting plugs, 

order no. 77 0950 00. 

Connection point CAN Net 1 is electrically isolated from the other parts. That's why the 

OSYnet section, that should be electrically isolated from the others, has to be connected to 

connection point CAN Net 1. 

For the pin assignment refer to the figure A. 

Connect the power supply cable to the connection clamp on the top or the bottom of the 

OSYnet‐Y‐RepeaterOpto (screw connection). 

Attention! The power supply may not be connected through. I.e. it is not allowed to use one 

connection clamp as 24 V input and the other connection clamp as 24 V output e.g. for 

supply of further devices. 

Pin 2: DL 

Pin 3: DG 

1 2 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 

Pin 7: DH 

Pin 7: DG 

LED on, if all subassemblies in the OSYnet‐Y‐Repeater 

except for OSYnet section 1 are supplied with power. 

LED on, if subassembly in the OSYnet‐Y‐Repeater 

for OSYnet section 1 is supplied with power. 

no function 

LED on for data traffic OSYnet section 3 



Anschluss an Spannungsversorgung 

Connection to power supply 

Connect on the top or the bottom. 

Oben oder unten anschließen. 

+24 V 

0 V 

Externe Klemme 

External connector 

77 4000 00 

0 V +24 V 

0 V 

0 V 

+24 V 

77 4000 00 

0 V 

zu weiteren Verbrauchern 

to further current consumers 

Sicherungshalter (00 0130 18) mit 

Sicherungseinsatz (00 0130 17) und 

Feinsicherung 5 x 20 mm, 100 mA/T 

Fuse holder (00 0130 18) with fuse insert 

(00 0130 17) and micro-fuse 5 x 20 mm, 

100 mA/slow-acting (00 0130 45)



OSYnet-Gateway, Best.‐Nr. 77 4001 00 

Aktives Gateway zur galvanischen Trennung des Gruppenbus OSYnet. Vorgesehen zur 

Verlängerung der max. Leitungslänge des Gruppenbus OSYnet um 700 m. Einsetzbar 

einmal pro physikalischer Gruppe. 

Direkter Anschluss an den Gruppenbus (OSYnet) und dessen Teilstrecken (Schraub‐ 

klemmen) 

Hutschienenmontage 35 mm, anreihbar 

Abmessungen (HxBxT): 105 x 37 x 35 mm 

Stromversorgung: 24 V DC 

Max. Stromaufnahme (bei 20 °C): 50 mA 


00 8802 51, 11/08 (Rev. 3.0) 


OSYnet Teil 1 = max. 700 m OSYnet Teil 2 = max. 700 m 

Gruppenbus OSYnet = Teil 1 + Teil 2 



120 Ω 

OSYnet-Gateway, order no. 77 4001 00 

Active gateway for electrical isolation of the group bus (OSYnet). Intended for extension of 

the maximum cable length to additional 700 m. One gateway can be used per physical 

group. 

Direct connection to the group bus (OSYnet) and its branch sections (screw clamps) 

Mounting on top‐hat rail (35 mm), several units can be mounted side‐by‐side 

Dimensions (HxWxD): 105 x 37 x 35 mm 

Power supply: 24 V DC 

Max. current consumption (at 20 °C): 50 mA 



1 ) Si 200 mA/T 

+24V 

+24 V 

0V 

0 V 

DG 

OSYnet 1 OSYnet 2 

DH 

DL 

DG 

DH 

DL 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

+24V 

Ip Ip 

0V 

OSYnet Teil 1 

120 Ω 2 ) 

Ip = Spannungsversorgung = NYM 2x2,5mm 2 

OSYnet Teil 2 

120 Ω 2 ) 

1 ) Steck-Schraubklemme mit Si-Halter (00 0224 81), Sicherung 0,2 A Träge (00 0130 42) 

2 ) Hinweis! Zwischen den Anschlusspunkten DH und DL von OSYnet 1 sowie zwischen den 

Anschlusspunkten DH und DL von OSYnet 2 muss jeweils ein Abschlusswiderstand 

gesetzt werden (120 Ohm, Bestell‐Nr. 00 0040 76). 


OSYnet section 1 = max. 700 m OSYnet section 2 = max. 700 m 

group bus OSYnet = section 1 + section 2 


manual. 

1 ) Fuse 200 mA/T 

Kontroll‐LEDs Control LEDs 

Power 

OSYnet 1 Active 


LED leuchtet, wenn OSYnet‐Gateway mit Spannung 

versorgt wird. 



Nicht benutzen! 

Konfigurationsschnittstelle 

nur für Tunstall GmbH 

Do not use! 

Configuration inferface for 

Tunstall GmbH only 

Kontroll‐LEDs 

control LEDs 

Anschlussklemmen 

Connecting clamps 


+24V 

+24 V 

0V 

0 V 

DG 

OSYnet 1 OSYnet 2 

DH 

DL 

DG 

DH 

DL 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

+24V 

Ip Ip 

0V 

OSYnet section1 

120 Ω 2 ) 


120 Ω 2 ) 

Ip = power supply = NYM 2x2,5mm2 1 ) Plug-in screw terminal with fuseholder (00 0224 81), fuse 0,2 A time-lag (00 0130 42) 

2 ) Note! The connection points DH and DL of OSYnet 1 as well as DH and DL of OSYnet 2 

have to be connected by a terminating resistor (120 Ohm, order no. 00 0040 76) . 

Power 



77 4001 00 


LED on, if OSYnet‐Gateway is supplied with power. 



120 Ω


Appendix 



Find all you want to know about the Flamenco ® nurse call system: 

Tunstall GmbH Orkotten 66 48291 Telgte Germany 

Telephone +49 25 04 7 01-0 Fax +49 25 04 7 01-4 99 

Or visit us on the Web at: www.tunstall.de info@tunstall.de 

Flamenco Technical Manual 00 8812 60 

Flamenco ® Data Sheet Catalogue 

Flamenco ® System Description 

Order No.: 00 8812 64 

Flamenco ® Technical Manual 

Order No.: 00 8812 60 

Flamenco ® Instructions for Use 

The documents are ready for downloading from the Tunstall homepage: 

All the reassurance you need 

www.tunstall.de 

QUALITY 

MANAGEMENT 

SYSTEM 

DQS certified to 

DIN EN ISO 9001 

Reg. no. 56386 

Reg. no. 56386

Flamenco Technical Manual - Tunstall GmbH

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?